Abeillé, Anne (1991). Une grammaire lexicalisée d’Arbes Adjoints pour le français. PhD dissertation, Université Paris 7.
Abeillé, Anne and Owen Rambow (eds.) (2000). Tree adjoining grammars: Formalisms, linguistic analysis and processing. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Abeillé, Anne and Yves Schabes (1989). Parsing idioms with a lexicalized tree adjoining grammar. In Proceedings of the European Conference of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 161–165. Manchester.
Abels, Klaus (2003). Successive cyclicity, anti-locality, and adposition stranding. PhD dissertation, University of Connecticut.
Abels, Klaus, and Kristine Bentzen (to appear). Are movement paths punctuated or uniform? In A. Alexiadou, T. Kiss, and G. Müller (eds.), Local modelling of non-local dependencies in syntax. Tübingen: Linguistische Arbeiten, Niemeyer.
Abney, Steven (1986). The noun phrase. Unpublished ms. MIT.
Abney, Steven (1987). The English noun phrase in its sentential aspect. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2004a). The morphosyntax of complement-head sequences. Oxford University Press.
Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2004b). Topic and Focus within D. Linguistics in the Netherlands 21, 1–12.
Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2010). The P route. In Cinque and Rizzi (2010b), 225–260.
Abusch, Dorit (1985). On verbs and time. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts.
Abusch, Dorit (2004). On the temporal composition of infinitives. In Guéron and Lecarme (2004), 27–53.
Ackema, Peter (2001). On the relation between V-to-I and the structure of the inflectional paradigm. The Linguistic Review 18, 233–263.
Ackema, Peter and Maaike Schoorlemmer (1995). Middles and nonmovement. Linguistic Inquiry 26, 173–197.
Ackema, Peter and Kriszta Szendrői (2002). Determiner sharing as an instance of dependent ellipsis. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 5, 3–34.
Acquaviva, Paolo (1997). The logical form of negation: A study of operator-variable structures in syntax. Garland outstanding dissertations in linguistics. New York: Garland.
Adésolá, Olúsèye (2004). Null operators and pronouns – A-bar dependencies and relations in Yoruba. PhD dissertation, Rutgers University.
Adger, David (2006). Combinatorial variability. Journal of Linguistics 42, 503–530.
Adger, David and Daniel Harbour (2007). Syntax and syncretisms of the Person Case Constraint. Syntax 10, 2–37.
Adger, David, Daniel Harbour, and Laurel Watkins (2009). Mirrors and microparameters: Phrase structure beyond free word order. Cambridge University Press.
Adger, David and Gillian Ramchand (2003). Predication and equation. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 325–359.
Aelbrecht, Lobke (2007). A movement account of Dutch gapping. Unpublished ms, Catholic University of Brussels.
Aelbrecht, L. (2010). The syntactic licensing of ellipsis. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Åfarli, Tor A. (1992). The syntax of Norwegian passive constructions. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Åfarli, Tor A. and Katrin Eide (2000). Subject requirement and predication. Nordic Journal of Linguistics 23, 27–48.
Agbayani, Brian (1998). Feature attraction and category movement. PhD dissertation, University of California, Irvine.
Agüero-Bautista, Calixto (2007). Diagnosing cyclicity in sluicing. Linguistic Inquiry 38, 413–443.
Ainsworth-Darnell, Kim, Harvey Shulman, and Julie Boland (1998). Dissociating brain responses to syntactic and semantic anomalies: Evidence from event-related potentials. Journal of Memory and Language 38, 112–130.
Aissen, Judith (1997). On the syntax of obviation. Language 73, 705–750.
Aissen, J. L. (2003). Differential object marking: Iconicity vs. economy. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 21, 435–483.
Akmajian, Adrian and Thomas Wasow (1975). The constituent structure of VP and aux and the position of the verb be. Linguistic Analysis 1, 205–246.
Alexiadou, Artemis (1997). Adverb placement: A case study in antisymmetric syntax. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Alexiadou, Artemis (2001a). Adjective syntax and noun raising: Word order asymmetries in the DP as the result of adjective distribution. Studia Linguistica 55, 217–248.
Alexiadou, Artemis (2001b). Functional structure in nominals: Nominalization and ergativity. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Alexiadou, Artemis (2002a). State of the article on the syntax of adverbs. GLOT International, 6, 33–54.
Alexiadou, Artemis (2002b). On the status of adverb in a grammar without a lexicon. In F. Schmöe (ed.) Das Adverb: Zentrum und Peripherie einer Wortklasse, 25–42. Wien: Präsens edition.
Alexiadou, Artemis (ed.) (2004). Adverbs across frameworks. Lingua 114.
Alexiadou, Artemis (2009). Tense marking in the nominal domain: Implications for grammar architecture. Linguistic Variation Yearbook 8, 33–59.
Alexiadou, Artemis (2010). On the morphosyntax of (anti)-causative verbs. In M. Rappaport Hovav, E. Doron, and I. Sichel (eds.), Syntax, lexical semantics and event structure, 177–203. Oxford University Press.
Alexiadou, Artemis and Elena Anagnostopoulou (2004). Voice morphology in the causative–inchoative alternation: Evidence for a non-unified structural analysis of unaccusatives. In Alexiadou, Anagnostopoulou, and Everaert (2004), 114–136.
Alexiadou, Artemis, Elena Anagnostopoulou, and Martin Everaert (eds.) (2004). The unaccusativity puzzle: Explorations of the syntax–lexicon interface. Oxford University Press.
Alexiadou, Artemis, Elena Anagnostopoulou, Gianina Iordachioaia and Mihaela Marchis (2010). No objections to backward control. In Hornstein and Polinsky (2010), 89–117.
Alexiadou, Artemis and Edit Doron (2007). The syntactic construction of two non-active voices: Passive and middle. Handout, GLOW XXX, University of Tromsø.
Alexiadou, Artemis and Kirsten Gengel (2008). Classifiers as morphosyntactic licensors of NP ellipsis: English vs. Romance. In Proceedings of NELS 39, 15–28. Amherst, MA: GSLA.
Alexiadou, Artemis, Liliane Haegeman, and Melita Stavrou (2007). Noun phrase in the generative perspective. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
Alexiadou, Artemis and Melita Stavrou (2011). Ethnic adjectives as pseudo-adjectives. Studia Linguistica 65, 1–30.
Alexiadou, Artemis and Chris Wilder (1998a). Adjectival modification and multiple determiners. In Alexiadou and Wilder (1998b), 303–332.
Alexiadou, Artemis and Chris Wilder (1998b). Possessors, predicates and movement in the determiner phrase. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Allopenna, Paul, James Magnuson, and Michael Tanenhaus (1998). Tracking the time course of spoken word recognition using eye movements: Evidence for continuous mapping models. Journal of memory and language 38, 419–439.
Almeida, Diogo de A. and Masaya Yoshida (2007). A problem for the preposition stranding generalization. Linguistic Inquiry 38, 349–362.
Aloni, Maria (2006). Free choice and exhaustification: An account of subtrigging effects. In E. P. Waldmüller (ed.), Proceedings of Sinn und Bedeutung 11, 16–30. Barcelona: Universitat Pompeu Fabra.
Aloni, Maria and Robert van Rooij (2007). Free-choice items and alternatives. In G. Bouma, I. Krämer, and J. Zwarts (eds.), Proceedings of KNAW Colloquium: Cognitive Foundations of Interpretation in 2004, VLN 190. 5–26. Amsterdam: Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Alsina, Alex (1992). On the argument structure of causatives. Linguistic Inquiry 23, 517–555.
Alsina, Alex (1993). Predicate composition: A theory of syntactic function alternations. PhD dissertation, Stanford University.
Alsina, Alex and Smita Joshi (1993). Parameters in causative constructions. In L. Dobrin, L. Nichols, and R. Rodriguez (eds.), Papers from CLS 27, 1–15. Chicago, IL: Chicago Linguistic Society.
Altmann, Gerry and Mark Steedman (1988). Interaction with context during human sentence processing. Cognition 30, 191–238.
Altmann, Hans (1988). Intonationsforschungen. Tübingen: Niemeyer.
Amunts, K., A. Schleicher, U. Burgel, H. Mohlberg, H. B. M. Uylings, and K. Zilles (1999). Broca’s region revisited: Cytoarchitecture and intersubject variability. Journal of Computational Neurology 412, 319–341.
Anagnostopoulou, Elena and Martin Everaert (1999). Towards a more complete typology of anaphoric expressions. Linguistic Inquiry 30, 97–114.
Anand, Pranav (2006). De de se. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Anderson, Stephen (1976). On the notion of subject in ergative languages. In C. N. Li (ed.), Subject and topic, 1–23. New York: Academic Press.
Andrews, Avery D. (1982). The representation of case in modern Icelandic. In Bresnan (1982a), 427–503.
Andrews, Avery D. (1983). A note on the constituent structure of modifiers. Linguistic Inquiry 14, 695–697.
Andrews, Avery D. (1990). Case structures and control in modern Icelandic. In Maling and Zaenen (1990), 187–234.
Aoun, Joseph (1981). Parts of speech: A case of redistribution. In Belletti, Brandi, and Rizzi (1981), 3–24.
Aoun, Joseph (1986). Generalized binding: The syntax and logical form of wh-interrogatives. Dordrecht: Foris.
Aoun, Joseph, Lina Choueiri, and Norbert Hornstein (2001). Resumption, movement and derivational economy. Linguistic Inquiry 32, 371–404.
Aoun, Joseph, Norbert Hornstein, David Lightfoot, and Amy Weinberg (1987). Two types of locality. Linguistic Inquiry 18, 537–578.
Aoun, Joseph and Yen-Hui Audrey Li (1989). Scope and constituency. Linguistic Inquiry 24, 365–372.
Aoun, Joseph and Yen-Hui Audrey Li (1993). Syntax of scope. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Aoun, Joseph and Dominique Sportiche (1983). On the formal theory of government. The Linguistic Review 2, 211–236.
Archangeli, Diana (1997). Optimality Theory. An introduction to linguistics in the 1990s. In Archangeli and Langendoen (1997), 134–170.
Archangeli, Diana and Terence Langendoen (eds.) (1997), Optimality Theory: An overview. Malden/Oxford: Blackwell.
Ariel, Mira (1990). Assessing noun-phrase antecedents. London: Routledge.
Arka, I. Wayan (2003). Balinese morphosytax: A Lexical-Functional approach (Pacific Linguistics 547). Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies.
Arnold, Jennifer, Anthony Losongco, Thomas Wasow, and Ryan Ginstrom (2000). Heaviness vs. newness: The effects of structural complexity and discourse status on constituent ordering. Language 76, 28–55.
Aronoff, Mark (1976). Word formation in generative grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Arregui, Ana, Charles Clifton Jr., Lyn Frazier, and Keir Moulton (2006). Processing elided verb phrases with flawed antecedents: The recycling hypothesis. Journal of Memory and Language 55, 232–246.
Asbury, Anna (2008). The morphosyntax of case and adpositions. PhD dissertation, Utrecht University.
Asbury, Anna, Jakub Dotlacil, Berit Gehrke, and Rick Nouwen (2008). Syntax and semantics of spatial P. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Asher, Nicholas, Daniel Hardt, and Joan Busquets (1997). Discourse parallelism, scope, and ellipsis. In A. Lawson (ed.), Proceedings of the Seventh Conference on Semantics and Linguistic Theory, 19–36.
Asher, Nicholas, Daniel Hardt, and Joan Busquets (2001). Discourse parallelism, ellipsis, and ambiguity. Journal of Semantics 18, 1–25.
Ashton, Eric Ormerod (1947). Swahili Grammar. London: Longmans, Green and Co.
Asudeh, Ash (2006). Direct compositionality and the architecture of LFG. In M. Butt, M. Dalrymple, and T. H. King (eds.), Intelligent linguistic architectures: Variations on themes by Ronald M. Kaplan, 363–387. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Asudeh, Ash and Ida Toivonen (2010). Lexical-Functional Grammar. In Heine and Narrog (2010), 425–458.
Asudeh, Ash and Ida Toivonen (2012). Copy raising and perception. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 30, 321–380.
Atkinson, Martin (1992). Children’s syntax: An introduction to principles and parameters theory. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.
Atlas, Jay David (1996). Only noun phrases, pseudo-negative quantifiers, negative polarity items, and monotonicity. Journal of Semantics 13, 265–328.
Austin, Peter and Joan Bresnan (1996). Nonconfigurationality in Australian aboriginal languages. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 14, 215–268.
Authier, J.-Marc (1991). V-governed expletives, case theory, and the Projection Principle. Linguistic Inquiry 22, 721–740.
Avrutin, Sergei (1994). Psycholinguistic investigations in the theory of reference. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Avrutin, Sergei (1998). EVENTS as units of discourse representation in root infinitives. In J. Schaeffer (ed.), The interpretation of root infinitives and bare nouns in child language (MIT Occasional Papers 12), 65–91.
Babyonyshev, Maria, Jennifer Ganger, David Pesetsky, and Kenneth Wexler (2001). The maturation of grammatical principles: Evidence from Russian unaccusatives. Linguistic Inquiry 32, 1–44.
Bach, Emmon W. (1964). An introduction to transformational grammars. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Bach, Emmon W. (1979). Control in Montague Grammar. Linguistic Inquiry 10, 515–531.
Bach, Emmon W. (1980). In defense of passive. Linguistics and Philosophy 3, 297–341.
Bach, Emmon W. (1982). Purpose clauses and control. In Jacobson and Pullum (1982), 35–57.
Bailyn, John (1995). Configurational case assignment in Russian syntax. The Linguistic Review 12, 315–360.
Bailyn, John (2002). Overt predicators. Journal of Slavic Linguistics 10, 23–52.
Bailyn, John and Edward Rubin (1991). The unification of instrumental case assignment in Russian. In J. A. Toribio and W. Harbert (eds.), Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics 9, 99–126. Ithaca, NY.
Baker, Carl Lee (1970a). Notes on the description of English questions: The role of an abstract question morpheme. Foundations of Language 6, 197–219.
Baker, Carl Lee (1970b). Double negatives. Linguistic Inquiry 1, 169–186.
Baker, Carl Lee (1991). The syntax of English not: The limits of core grammar. Linguistic Inquiry 22, 387–429.
Baker, Carl Lee (1994). Contrast, discourse prominence and intensification, with special reference to locally-free reflexives in British English. Language 71, 63–101.
Baker, Mark C. (1985a) The Mirror Principle and morphosyntactic explanation. Linguistic Inquiry 16, 373–416.
Baker, Mark C. (1985b). Syntactic affixation and English gerunds. In S. MacKaye, M. Cobler, and M. T. Wescoat (eds.), Proceedings of the West Coast Conference of Formal Linguistics 4, 1–11. Palo Alto: Stanford University.
Baker, Mark C. (1988). Incorporation. A theory of grammatical function changing. University of Chicago Press.
Baker, Mark C. (1993). Noun incorporation and the nature of linguistic representation. In W. A. Foley (ed.), The role of theory in language description, 13–44. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Baker, Mark C. (1996). The polysynthesis parameter. Oxford University Press.
Baker, Mark C. (1997). Thematic roles and syntactic structure. In Haegeman (1997b), 73–137.
Baker, Mark C. (1998). On logophoricity and focus. Unpublished incomplete ms, McGill University.
Baker, Mark C. (2001). The atoms of language: The mind’s hidden rules of grammar. New York: Basic Books.
Baker, Mark C. (2003). Lexical categories: Verbs, nouns, and adjectives. Cambridge University Press.
Baker, Mark C. (2005). Mapping the terrain of language acquisition. Language Learning and Development 1, 93–129.
Baker, Mark C. (2008a). The macroparameter in a microparametric world. In Biberauer (2008b), 351–374.
Baker, Mark C. (2008b). The syntax of agreement and concord. Cambridge University Press.
Baker, Mark C. (2012). On the relationship of object agreement and accusative case: Evidence from Amharic. Linguistic Inquiry 43, 255–274.
Baker, Mark C. (to appear). Types of crosslinguistic variation in case assignment. In J. Brucart and C. Picallo (eds.), Linguistic variation in the Minimalist Program. Oxford University Press.
Baker, Mark C., Kyle Johnson, and Ian Roberts (1989). Passive arguments raised. Linguistic Inquiry 20, 219–251.
Baker, Mark C. and Nadezhda Vinokurova (2010). Two modalities of case assignment in Sakha. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 28, 593–642.
Baltin, Mark (1982). A landing-site theory of movement rules. Linguistic Inquiry 13, 1–38.
Baltin, Mark (1987a). Degree complements. In Huck and Ojeda (1987), 11–26.
Baltin, Mark (1987b). Do antecedent-contained deletions exist? Linguistic Inquiry 18, 279–295.
Baltin, Mark (1995). Floating quantifiers, PRO, and predication. Linguistic Inquiry 26, 199–248.
Baltin, Mark (2002). Movement to the higher V is remnant movement. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 653–659.
Baltin, Mark (2010). Deletion versus pro-forms: An overly simple dichotomy? Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 30, 381–423.
Baltin, Mark and Chris Collins (eds.) (2001). The handbook of contemporary syntactic theory. Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishing.
Baltin, Mark and Anthony Kroch (eds.) (1989). Alternative conceptions of phrase structure. University of Chicago Press.
Barbiers, Sjef (1995). The syntax of interpretation. PhD dissertation, Leiden University.
Barbiers, Sjef (2005a). Variation in the morphosyntax of one. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 8, 159–183.
Barbiers, Sjef (2005b). Word order variation in three-verb clusters and the division of labour between generative linguistics and sociolinguistics. In L. Cornips and K. Corrigan (eds.), Syntax and variation. Reconciling the biological and the social, 233–264. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Barbiers, Sjef (2008a). Microvariation in syntactic doubling – An introduction. In Barbiers, Koeneman, Lekakou, and van der Ham (2008), 1–36.
Barbiers, Sjef (2008b). Werkwoordclusters en de Grammatica van de Rechterperiferie. Nederlandse Taalkunde 13, 160–187.
Barbiers, Sjef (2009). Locus and limits of syntactic variation. Lingua 119, 1607–1623.
Barbiers, Sjef, Johan van der Auwera, Hans Bennis, Eefje Boef, Gunther de Vogelaer, and Margreet van der Ham (2008). Syntactic atlas of the Dutch dialects (SAND) Vol. II. Amsterdam University Press.
Barbiers, Sjef and
Hans Bennis (
2007).
The syntactic atlas of the Dutch dialects. A discussion of choices in the SAND-project.
Nordlyd 34,
53–72. Available at:
www.ub.uit.no/baser/nordlyd/
Barbiers, Sjef, Hans Bennis, Gunther de Vogelaer, Magda Devos, and Margreet van der Ham (2005). Syntactic atlas of the Dutch dialects (SAND) Vol. I. Amsterdam University Press.
Barbiers, Sjef, Leonie Cornips, and Jan-Pieter Kunst (2007). The syntactic atlas of the Dutch dialects: A corpus of elicited speech and text as an on-line dynamic atlas. In J. C. Beal, K. C. Corrigan, and H. Moisl (eds.), Creating and digitizing language corpora. Volume 1: Synchronic databases, pp. 54–90. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
Barbiers, Sjef, Olaf Koeneman, and Marika Lekakou (2009). Syntactic doubling and the structure of wh-chains. Journal of Linguistics 46, 1–46.
Barbiers, Sjef, Olaf Koeneman, Marika Lekakou, and Margreet van der Ham (eds.) (2008). Microvariation in syntactic doubling (Syntax and Semantics 36). Bingley: Emerald.
Barbiers, Sjef and Marjo van Koppen (2006). Een Plaats voor Tijd in het Middenveld van het Nederlands. Taal & Tongval Themanummer 19, 24–39.
Barbosa, Pilar (1997). Subject positions in the null subject languages. Seminarios de Linguistica 1, 39–63.
Barker, Chris (2012). Quantificational binding does not require c-command. Linguistic Inquiry 43, 614–643.
Barss, Andrew (1986). Chains and anaphoric dependence. On reconstruction and its implications. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Barss, Andrew (2001). Syntactic reconstruction effects. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 670–696.
Barss, Andrew and Howard Lasnik (1986). A note on anaphora and double objects. Linguistic Inquiry 17, 347–354.
Bartning, Inge (1976). Remarques sur la Syntaxe et la Semantique des Pseudo-Adjectifs denominaux en français. Thèse de doctorat. Université de Stockholm.
Barton, Ellen (1990), Nonsentential constituents. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Bartos, Huba (2000). Topics, quantifiers, subjects. Paper presented at the International Symposium on Topic and Focus in Chinese, Hong Kong, 21–22 June.
Bartsch, Renate (1976). The grammar of adverbials: A study in the semantics and syntax of adverbial constructions. Amsterdam: North-Holland.
Barwise, John and Robin Cooper (1981). Generalized quantifiers and natural language. Linguistics and Philosophy 4, 159–219.
Bastiaansen, Marcel and Peter Hagoort (2003). Special issue event-induced theta responses as a window on the dynamics of memory. Cortex 39, 967–992.
Bastiaansen, Marcel, Jos van Berkum, and Peter Hagoort (2002a). Event-related theta power increases in the human EEG during online sentence processing. Neuroscience Letters 323, 13–16.
Bastiaansen, M., J. J. A van Berkum, and P. Hagoort (2002b). Syntactic processing modulates the [theta] rhythm of the human EEG. NeuroImage 17, 1479–1492.
Bastiaansen, Marcel, Marieke van der Linden, Mariken ter Keurs, Ton Dijkstra, and Peter Hagoort (2005). Theta responses are involved in lexical-semantic retrieval during language processing. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 17, 530–541.
Battistella, Edwin (1989). Chinese reflexivization: A movement to INFL approach. Linguistics 27, 987–1012.
Baumann, Stefan, Doris Mücke, and Johannes Becker (2010). Expression of second occurrence focus in German. Linguistische Berichte 221, 61–78.
Bayer, Josef (1984). Comp in Bavarian. The Linguistic Review 3, 209–274.
Bayer, Josef, Jana Häussler, and Martin Salzmann (2011). That-trace effects without traces: An experimental investigation. Unpublished ms., Universities of Konstanz, Potsdam, and Zürich.
Bayer, Josef and Jaklin Kornfilt (1994). Against scrambling as an instance of Move-alpha. In Corver and van Riemsdijk (1994), 17–60.
Bayer, Samuel (1996). The coordination of unlike categories. Language 72, 579–616.
Bear, John (1982). Gaps as syntactic features. Technical note, Indiana University Linguistics Club.
Beaver, David, Brady Clark, Edward Flemming, Florian Jaeger, and Maria Wolters (2007). When semantics meets phonetics: Acoustical studies of second occurrence focus. Language 83, 251–282.
Beck, David (1999). The typology of parts of speech: The markedness of adjectives. PhD dissertation, University of Toronto.
Beck, Sigrid and Stephen Berman (2000). Wh-scope marking: Direct vs. indirect dependency. In Lutz, Müller, and von Stechow (2000), 17–44.
Becker, Misha (2000). The development of the copula in child English: The lightness of be. PhD dissertation, UCLA.
Becker, Tilman, Owen Rambow, and Michael Niv (1992). The derivational generative power of scrambling is beyond LCFRS. Technical Report IRCS 92–38, Institute for Research in Cognitive Science, University of Pennsylvania.
Bedny, Marina, Megan McGill, and Sharon Thompson-Schill (2008). Semantic adaptation and competition during word comprehension. Cerebral Cortex 18, 2574–2585.
Beghelli, Filippo (1997). The syntax of distributivity and pair-list readings. In Szabolcsi (1997c), 349–408.
Beghelli, Filippo and Tim Stowell (1997). Distributivity and negation: The syntax of each and every. In Szabolcsi (1997c), 71–109.
Bellert, Irena (1977). On semantic and distributional properties of sentential adverbs. Linguistic Inquiry 13, 1–38.
Belletti, Adriana (1988). The Case of unaccusatives. Linguistic Inquiry 19, 1–34.
Belletti, Adriana (1990). Generalized verb movement. Turin: Rosenberg & Sellier.
Belletti, Adriana (2001a) Agreement projections. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 483–510.
Belletti, Adriana (2001b). Inversion as focalization. In A. Hulk and J.-Y. Pollock (eds.), Inversion in romance, 60–90. Oxford University Press.
Belletti, Adriana (2004a). Aspects of the low IP area. In Rizzi (2004c), 16–51.
Belletti, Adriana (ed.) (2004b). Structures and beyond: The cartography of syntactic structures, vol. 3. Oxford University Press.
Belletti, Adriana (2009) Structures and strategies. London: Routledge.
Belletti, Adriana, Luciana Brandi, and Luigi Rizzi (eds.) (1981). Theory of markedness in generative grammar: Proceedings of the 1979 GLOW Conference Pisa: Scuola Normale Superiore.
Belletti, Adriana and Luigi Rizzi (1988). Psych-verbs and θ-theory. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6, 291–352.
Benincà, Paola (ed.) (1989). Dialect variations and the theory of grammar: Proceedings of the GLOW workshop in Venice 1987. Dordrecht: Foris.
Benincá, Paola, (2006). A detailed map of the Left Periphery in Medieval Romance. In R. Zanuttini, H. Campos, E. Herburger, and P. Portner (eds.), Negation, tense, and clausal architecture: Crosslinguistic investigations, 53–86. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.
Benincà, Paola and Cecilia Poletto (2004). Topic, Focus and V2: Defining the CP sublayers. In Rizzi (2004a), 52–75.
Benincà, Paola and Laura Vanelli (1982). Appunti di sinatassi veneta. In M. Cortelazzo (ed.), Guida ai dialetti veneti, vol. 4, 7–38. Padua: CLEUP.
Bennis, Hans (1986). Gaps and dummies. Dordrecht: Foris.
Bennis, Hans, Norbert Corver, and Marcel den Dikken (1998). Predication in nominal phrases. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 1, 85–117.
Ben-Shachar, Michal, Talma Hendler, Itamar Kahn, Dafna Ben-Bashat, and Yosef Grodzinsky (2003). The neural reality of syntactic transformations: Evidence from functional magnetic resonance imaging. Psychological Science 14, 433–440.
Ben-Shachar, Michal, Dafna Palti, and Yosef Grodzinsky (2004). Neural correlates of syntactic movement: Converging evidence from two fMRI experiments. NeuroImage 21, 1320–1336.
Benthem, Johan van (1989). Polyadic quantifiers. Linguistics and Philosophy 12, 437–464.
Bentley, Delia (2004). ‘ne’-cliticization and split intransitivity. Journal of Linguistics 40, 219–262.
Bentley, D. (2006). Split intransitivity in Italian. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Bentzen, Kristine (2007). Order and structure in embedded clauses in Northern Norwegian. PhD dissertation, CASTL, University of Tromsø.
Berkum, Jos van, Pienie Zwitserlood, Colin Brown, and Peter Hagoort (2000). Processing gender and number agreement in parsing: An ERP-based comparison. Paper presented at the 6th Conference on Architectures and Mechanisms of Language Processing, Leiden.
Berkum, Jos van, Pienie Zwitserlood, Peter Hagoort, and Colin Brown (2003). When and how do listeners relate a sentence to the wider discourse? Evidence from the n400 effect. Cognitive Brain Research 17, 701–718.
Bernstein, Judy (1993a). Topics in the syntax of nominal structure across Romance. PhD dissertation, City University of New York.
Bernstein, Judy (1993b). The syntactic role of word markers in null nominal constructions. Probus 5, 5–38.
Bernstein, Judy (2001). The DP hypothesis: Identifying clausal properties in the nominal domain. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 536–561.
Bernstein, Judy and Christina Tortora (2005). Two types of possessive forms in English. Lingua 115, 1221–1242.
Berwick, Robert C. (1985). The acquisition of syntactic knowledge. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Berwick, Robert C. and Noam Chomsky (2011). The biolinguistic program: The current state of its evolution and development. In A. M. di Sciullo and C. Aguero (eds.), Biolinguistic investigations. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Berwick, Robert C. and Amy Weinberg (1984). The grammatical basis of linguistic performance. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Besten, Hans den (1983). On the interaction of root transformations and lexical deletive rules. In W. Abraham (ed.), On the formal syntax of the Westgermania. Papers from the 3rd Groningen Grammar Talks, January 1981, 47–131. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Besten, Hans den (1989a). Double negation and the genesis of Afrikaans. In Pieter Muysken and Norval Smith (eds.), Substrata versus universals in Creole genesis, 185–230. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Besten, Hans den (1989b). Studies in West-Germanic syntax. PhD dissertation, Catholic University Brabant.
Bever, Thomas G. (1970). The cognitive basis for linguistic structures. In J. R. Hayes (ed.), Cognition and the development of language, 227–360. New York: Wiley.
Bever, Thomas G. and D. Terence Langendoen (1972). The interaction of perception and grammar in linguistic change. In R. Stockwell and R. K. S. Macaulay (eds.), Historical linguistics in the perspective of transformational theory, 32–95. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
Bhat, D. N. Shankara (1994). The adjectival category: Criteria for differentiation and identification. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Bhatt, Rajesh (2003). Causativization in Hindi. Unpublished class handout, March 2003.
Bhatt, Rajesh (2005). Long distance agreement in Hindi-Urdu. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 23, 757–807.
Bhatt, Rajesh and Aravind K. Joshi (2004). Semilinearity is a syntactic invariant: A reply to Michaelis and Kracht 1997. Linguistic Inquiry 35, 683–692.
Bhatt, Rajesh and Roumyana Pancheva (2004). Late merger and degree clauses. Linguistic Inquiry 35, 1–46.
Bianchi, Valentina (2003). On finiteness and logoforic anchoring. Unpublished ms., University of Siena.
Bianchi, Valentina and Mara Frascarelli (2009). Is topic a root phenomenon? Unpublished ms., University of Siena, University of Roma 3.
Biber, Douglas (1988). Variation across speech and writing. Cambridge University Press.
Biberauer, Theresa (2008a). Doubling vs. omission: Insights from Afrikaans negation. In Barbiers, Koeneman, Lekakou, and van der Ham (2008), 103–140.
Biberauer, Theresa (ed.) (2008b). The limits of syntactic variation (Linguistics Today 132). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Biberauer, Theresa,
Anders Holmberg and
Ian Roberts (
2008). Disharmonic word orders and the final-over-final constraint (FOFC). In
A. Bisetto and
F. Barbieri (eds),
Proceedings of the XXXIII Incontro di Grammatica Generativa. Available at:
http://amsacta.unibo.it/2397/1/PROCEEDINGS_IGG33.pdf.
Biberauer, Theresa, Anders Holmberg, Ian Roberts and Michelle Sheehan (2010). Parametric variation. Cambridge University Press.
Biberauer, Theresa and M. Richards (2006). True optionality: When the grammar does not mind. In C. Boeckx (ed.), Minimalist essays, 35–67. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Biberauer, Theresa and Ian Roberts (2005). Changing EPP parameters in the history of English; Accounting for variation and change. In W. van der Wurff (ed.), Special Issue of Journal of English Language and Linguistics on Word Order Change, 5–46.
Biloa, Edmond (2008). The cartography of the left periphery in Tuki. Unpublished ms., University of Yaounde I, Cameroon.
Birner, Betty (1992). The discourse function of inversion in English. PhD thesis, Northwestern University.
Bittner, Maria (1991). Case, scope, and binding. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Bittner, Maria and Kenneth Hale (1996a). The structural determination of case and agreement. Linguistic Inquiry 27, 1–68.
Bittner, Maria and Kenneth Hale (1996b). Ergativity: Toward a theory of a heterogeneous class. Linguistic Inquiry 27, 531–604.
Blake, Barry J. (2001). Case, 2nd edn. Cambridge University Press.
Blevins, James P. (1990). Syntactic complexity: Evidence for discontinuity and multidomination. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Blevins, James P. (2007). Periphrasis as syntactic exponence. In F. Ackerman, J. P. Blevins, and G. S. Stump (eds.), Patterns in paradigms. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Blevins, James P. (2011). Feature-based grammar. In Borsley and Börjars (2011), 297–324.
Bloch, Bernard (1941). Phonemic overlapping. American Speech XVI, 278–284. Reprinted in Joos (1957), 93–96.
Bloch, Bernard (1946). Studies in colloquial Japanese II: Syntax. Language 12, 200–248. Reprinted in Joos (1957), 154–185.
Blom, Alied and Saskia Daalder (1977). Syntaktische theorie en taalbeschrijving. Muiderberg: Coutinho.
Bloom, Paul (2002). How children learn the meanings of words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bloom, Paul and Lori Markson (1998). Capacities underlying word learning. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 2, 67–73.
Bloom, P. and L. Markson (2000). Are there principles that apply only to the acquisition of words? A reply to Waxman and Booth. Cognition 78, 89–90.
Bloomfield, Leonard (1926/1957). A set of postulates for the science of language. Language 2, 153–164. [Reprinted in Joos (1957), 26–31.]
Bloomfield, Leonard (1933). Language. New York: Henry Holt.
Blutner, Reinhard (2000). Some aspects of optimality in natural language interpretation. Journal of Semantics 17, 189–216.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David (1993). Nominally absolutive is not absolutely nominative. In Jonathan Mead (ed.), Proceedings of the Eleventh West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, 44–60. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David (1995). Morphosyntax: The syntax of verbal inflection. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David (2001). The implications of rich Agreement: Why morphology doesn’t drive syntax. In Proceedings of WCCFL 6, 129–167.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David (2002a). A-chains at the PF interface: Copies and covert movement. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 20, 197–267.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David (2002b). Realizing Germanic inflection: Why morphology does not drive syntax. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 6, 129–167.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David (2008). Where’s phi? Agreement as a post-syntactic operation. In D. Harbour, D. Adger, and S. Béjar (eds.), Phi-theory: Phi features across interfaces and modules, 295–328. Oxford University Press.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Samuel Brown (1997). Interarboreal operations: Head movement and the extension requirement. Linguistic Inquiry 28, 345–356.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Idan Landau (2009). Icelandic control is not A-movement: The case from Case. Linguistic Inquiry 40, 113–132.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Höskuldur Thráinsson (1998). Two heads aren’t always better than one. Syntax 1, 37–71.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Susi Wurmbrand (2005a). The domain of agreement. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 23, 809–865.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Susi Wurmbrand (2005b). Adjacency, PF, and extraposition. In H. Broekhuis, N. Corver, R. Huybregts, U. Kleinhenz, and J. Koster (eds.), Organizing grammar: Linguistic studies in honor of Henk van Riemsdijk, 679–688. New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Bobaljik, Jonathan David and Cynthia Levart Zocca (2011). Gender markedness: The anatomy of a counter-example. Morphology 21, 141–166.
Bocci, Giuliano (2009). On syntax and prosody in Italian. PhD dissertation, University of Siena.
Bod, Rens, Jennifer Hay, and Stefanie Jannedy (2003). Probabilistic linguistics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Boeckx, Cedric (2000). A note on contraction. Linguistic Inquiry 31, 357–366.
Boeckx, Cedric (2003). Islands and chains: Resumption as stranding. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins.
Boeckx, Cedric (2004). Long-distance agreement in Hindi: Some theoretical implications. Studia Linguistica 58, 23–36.
Boeckx, Cedric (2006). Linguistic Minimalism: Origins, concepts, methods, and aims. Oxford University Press.
Boeckx, Cedric (2007a). Understanding Minimalist syntax. Oxford: Blackwell.
Boeckx, Cedric (2007b). Isolating Agree. Paper presented at Workshop on Morphology and Argument Encoding, Harvard University, September 2007.
Boeckx, Cedric (2008). Approaching parameters from below. Unpublished ms., Harvard University.
Boeckx, Cedric and Kleanthes K. Grohmann (2006). Putting phases into perspective. Syntax 10, 204–222.
Boeckx, Cedric and Norbert Hornstein (2003). Reply to ‘Control is not movement’. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 269–280.
Boeckx, Cedric and Norbert Hornstein (2004). Movement under control. Linguistic Inquiry 35, 431–452.
Boeckx, Cedric and Norbert Hornstein (2006a). Control in Icelandic and theories of control. Linguistic Inquiry 37, 591–606.
Boeckx, Cedric and Norbert Hornstein (2006b). The virtues of control as movement. Syntax 9, 118–130.
Boeckx, Cedric and Norbert Hornstein (2010). Icelandic control really is A-movement: A reply to Bobaljik and Landau. Linguistic Inquiry 41, 111–130.
Boeckx, Cedric and Fumikazu Niinuma (2004). Conditions on agreement in Japanese. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 22, 453–480.
Boeckx, Cedric and Sandra Stjepanović (2001). Head-ing toward PF. Linguistic Inquiry 32, 345–355.
Boersma, Paul (1998). Functional phonology. Formalizing the interactions between articulatory and perceptual drives. PhD thesis, IfOTT/University of Amsterdam.
Bok-Bennema, Reineke (1991). Case and agreement in Inuit. Dordrecht: Foris.
Bolinger, Dwight (1967). Adjectives in English: Attribution and predication. Lingua 18, 1–34.
Bolinger, Dwight (1973). Ambient it is meaningful too. Journal of Linguistics 9, 261–270.
Boogaart, Ronny (2004). Temporal relations in modal constructions. Paper presented at Chronos VI, Geneva, 22–24 September, 2004.
Borer, Hagit (1984a). Parametric syntax: Case studies in Semitic and Romance languages (Studies in Generative Grammar, vol. 13). Dordrecht: Foris.
Borer, Hagit (1984b). The Projection Principle and rules of morphology. In C. Jones and P. Sells (eds.), Proceedings of the XIV Annual Meeting of the North-Eastern Linguistic Society, 16–33. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Borer, Hagit (1986). I-subjects. Linguistic Inquiry 17, 375–416.
Borer, Hagit (1989). Anaphoric AGR. In O. Jaeggli and K. Safir (eds.), The Null Subject Parameter, 69–109. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Borer, Hagit (1998). Deriving passive without theta roles. In S. G. Lapointe, D. K. Brentari, and P. M. Farrell (eds.), Morphology and its relation to phonology and syntax, 60–99. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Borer, Hagit (2003). Exo-skeletal vs. endo-skeletal explanations: Syntactic projections and the lexicon. In J. Moore and M. Polinsky (eds.), The nature of explanation in linguistic theory, 31–67. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Borer, Hagit (2005a). In name only (Structuring Sense, vol. I). Oxford University Press.
Borer, Hagit (2005b). Structuring sense: An exo-skeletal trilogy. Oxford University Press.
Borer, Hagit and Kenneth Wexler (1987). The maturation of syntax. In T. Roeper and E. Williams (eds), Parameter setting, 123–172. Dordrecht: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
Borer, Hagit and K. Wexler (1992). Bi-unique relations and the maturation of grammatical principles. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 10, 147–190.
Borgonovo, Claudia and Sarah Cummins (2007). Past tense modals in Spanish and French. In L. Eguren and O. Fernandez Soriano (eds.), Proceedings of the 16th Colloquium on Generative Grammar, 1–18. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Bornkessel, Ina and Matthias Schlesewsky (2006). The extended argument dependency model: A neurocognitive approach to sentence comprehension across languages. Psychological Review 113, 787–821.
Bornkessel, Ina, Stefan Zysset, Angela Friederici, D. Yves von Cramon, and Matthias Schlesewsky (2005). Who did what to whom? The neural basis of argument hierarchies during language comprehension. NeuroImage 26, 221–233.
Bornkessel-Schlesewsky, Ina and Matthias Schlesewsky (2008). An alternative perspective on ‘semantic p600’ effects in language comprehension. Brain Research Reviews 59, 55–73.
Bornkessel-Schlesewsky, Ina, Matthias Schlesewsky, and D. Yves von Cramon (2009). Word order and Broca’s region: Evidence for a supra-syntactic perspective. Brain and Language 111, 125–139.
Borsley, Robert D. and Kersti Börjars (eds.) (2011). Non-transformational syntax: Formal and explicit models of grammar. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
Borsley, Robert D., Maria-Luisa Rivero, and Janig Stephens (1996). Long head movement in Breton. In Robert D. Borsley and Ian Roberts (eds.), The syntax of the Celtic languages: A comparative perspective, 53–74. Cambridge University Press.
Bosch, Peter and Rob van der Sandt (1994). Proceedings of the Conference on Focus and Natural Language Processing (Working Papers of the Institute for Logic and Linguistics). Heidelberg: IBM Scientific Centre.
Bosch, Peter and Rob van der Sandt (1999). Focus – Linguistic, cognitive, and computational perspectives. Cambridge University Press.
Bošković, Željko (1994). D-structure, Theta-Criterion, and movement into Theta-positions. Linguistic Analysis 24, 247–286.
Bošković, Željko (1997). The syntax of nonfinite complementation: An economy approach. Linguistic Inquiry Monographs 32. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bošković, Željko (1998). LF movement and the Minimalist Program. In P. N. Tamanji and K. Kusumoto (eds.), NELS 28, 43–57. GLSA, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Bošković, Željko (1999). On multiple feature-checking: Multiple wh-fronting and multiple head-movement. In S. Epstein and N. Hornstein (eds.), Working Minimalism, 159–187. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bošković, Željko (2001). On the nature of the syntax–phonology interface: Cliticization and related phenomena. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Bošković, Željko (2002a). On multiple wh-fronting. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 351–383.
Bošković, Željko (2002b). Clitics as non-branching elements and the Linear Correspondence Axiom. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 329–340.
Bošković, Željko (2002c). A-Movement and the EPP. Syntax 5, 167–218.
Bošković, Željko (2005a). On the locality of left branch extraction and the structure of NP. Studia Linguistica 59, 1–45.
Bošković, Željko (2005b). On the Operator Freezing Effect. Unpublished ms., University of Connecticut.
Bošković, Željko (2007a). Agree, phases and intervention effects. Linguistic Analysis 33, 54–96.
Bošković, Željko (2007b). On the locality and motivation of Move and Agree: An even more minimal theory. Linguistic Inquiry 38, 589–644.
Bošković, Željko (2008a). On successive-cyclic movement and the freezing effect of feature checking. In J. Hartmann, V. Hegedűs, and H. C. van Riemsdijk (eds.), Sounds of silence: Empty elements in syntax and phonology, 195–205. Oxford/Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Bošković, Željko (2008b). What will you have, DP or NP? In E. Elfner and M. Walkow (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 37, 101–114. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Bošković, Željko (2011a). Last resort with Move and Agree in derivations and representations. In C. Boeckx (ed.), The handbook of linguistic Minimalism, 327–353. Oxford University Press.
Bošković, Željko (2011b). On valued uninterpretable features. In Proceedings of NELS 39. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Bošković, Željko and Jon Gajewski (2011). Semantic correlates of the NP/DP parameter. In S. Lima, K. Mullin, and B. Smith (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 39. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Bošković, Željko and Howard Lasnik (2003). On the distribution of null complementizers. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 527–546.
Bošković, Željko and Jairo Nunes (2007). The copy theory of movement: A view from PF. In N. Corver and J. Nunes (eds.), The copy theory of movement, 13–74. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Bosque, Ignacio and M. Carme Picallo (1996). Postnominal adjectives in Spanish indefinites DPs. Journal of Linguistics 32, 349–385.
Botwinik-Rotem, Irena (2004). The category P: Features, projections, interpretation. PhD dissertation, Tel Aviv University.
Bouchard, Denis (1984). On the content of empty categories. Dordrecht: Foris.
Bouchard, Denis (1995). The semantics of syntax. University of Chicago Press.
Bouchard, Denis (2002). Adjectives, number and interfaces: Why languages vary. Amsterdam: North-Holland Linguistic Series.
Bouchard, Denis (2003). The origins of language variation. In P. Pica and J. Rooryck (eds.), Linguistic variation yearbook, Vol. 3, 1–41. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Bouma, Gosse, Rob Malouf, and Ivan A. Sag (2001). Satisfying constraints on extraction and adjunction. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 19, 1–65.
Bouton, Lawrence (1970). Antecedent-contained proforms. In M. A. Campbell et al. (eds.), Proceedings of CLS 6, 154–167. University of Chicago.
Bowers, John (1975). Adjectives and adverbs in English. Foundations of Language 13, 529–562.
Bowers, John (1991). The syntax and semantics of nominals. In Steven Moore and Adam Wyner (eds.), Proceedings of the First Semantics and Linguistic Theory Conference (Cornell Working Papers in Linguistics 10), 1–30, Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.
Bowers, John (1993). The syntax of predication. Linguistic Inquiry 24, 591–656.
Bowers, John (2001). Predication. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 299–333.
Brame, Michael K. (1976). Conjectures and refutations in syntax and semantics. New York: Elsevier.
Brame, Michael K. (1982). The head-selector theory of lexical specifications and the nonexistence of coarse categories. Linguistic Analysis 10, 321–325.
Brandi, Luciana and Patrizia Cordin (1989). Two Italian dialects and the Null Subject Parameter. In O. Jaeggli and K. Safir (eds.), The Null Subject Parameter, 111–142. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Branigan, Phil and Marguerite MacKenzie (2002). Altruism, A-bar movement, and object agreement in Innu-aimun. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 385–408.
Braver, Todd, Jonathan Cohen, Leigh Nystrom, John Jonides, Edward Smith, and Douglas Noll (1997). A parametric study of prefrontal cortex involvement in human working memory. NeuroImage 5, 49–62.
Breitbarth, Anne (2009). A hybrid approach to Jespersen’s Cycle in West Germanic. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 12, 81–114.
Brennan, Jonathan, Yuval Nir, Uri Hasson, Rafael Malach, David J. Heeger, and Liina Pylkkänen (2010). Syntactic structure building in the anterior temporal lobe during natural story listening. Brain and Language 120, 1–11.
Brennan, Jonathan and Liina Pylkkanen (2012). The time-course and spatial distribution of brain activity associated with sentence processing. NeuroImage 60, 1139–1148.
Bresnan, Joan (1970). On complementizers: Toward a syntactic theory of complement types. Foundations of Language 6, 297–321.
Bresnan, Joan W. (1971a). A note on the notion ‘Identity of Sense Anaphora’. Linguistic Inquiry 2, 589–597.
Bresnan, Joan W. (1971b). Sentence stress and syntactic transformations. Language 47, 257–281.
Bresnan, Joan W. (1971c). Contraction and the transformational cycle. Unpublished ms., MIT.
Bresnan, Joan W. (1972). Theory of complementation in English syntax. PhD dissertation, MIT (Published by Garland 1979).
Bresnan, Joan W. (1973). Syntax of the comparative clause construction in English. Linguistic Inquiry 4, 275–343.
Bresnan, Joan W. (1974). The position of certain clause-particles in phrase structure. Linguistic Inquiry 5, 614–619.
Bresnan, Joan W. (1976). On the form and functioning of transformations. Linguistic Inquiry 7, 3–40.
Bresnan, Joan W. (1977). Variables in the theory of transformation. In P. Culicover, T. Wasow, and A. Akmajian (eds.), Formal syntax, 157–196. New York: Academic Press.
Bresnan, Joan W. (ed.) (1982a). The mental representation of grammatical relations. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bresnan, Joan W. (1982b). The passive in lexical theory. In Bresnan (1982a), 3–86.
Bresnan, Joan W. (1982c). Control and complementation. Linguistic Inquiry 13, 343–434. Also in Bresnan (1982a), 282–390.
Bresnan, Joan W. (2000). Optimal syntax. In J. Dekkers, F. van der Leeuw, and J. van de Weijer (eds.), Optimality Theory: Phonology, syntax and acquisition, 334–385. Oxford University Press.
Bresnan, Joan W. (2001). Lexical-Functional Syntax (Blackwell Textbooks in Linguistics, vol. 16). Oxford: Blackwell.
Bresnan, Joan and Judith Aissen (2002). Optimality and functionality: Objections and refutations. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 21, 81–95.
Bresnan, Joan, Anna Cueni, Tatiana Nikitina, and Harald Baayen (2007). Predicting the dative alternation. In I. K. G. Bouma, I. Kraemer, and J. Zwarts (eds.), Cognitive foundations of interpretation, 69–94. Amsterdam: Royal Netherlands Academy of Science.
Bresnan, Joan and Ashwini Deo (2000). ‘Be’ in the Survey of English Dialects: A Stochastic OT account. Paper presented at the Symposium on Optimality Theory, English Linguistic Society of Japan, 18 November 2000, Kobe, Japan.
Bresnan, Joan and Jonni Kanerva (1989). Locative inversion in Chicheŵa: A case study of factorization in grammar. Linguistic Inquiry 20, 1–50.
Bresnan, Joan and Sam Mchombo (1987). Topic, pronoun, and agreement in Chicheŵa. Language 63, 741–782.
Bresnan, Joan and Lioba Moshi (1990). Object asymmetries in comparative Bantu syntax. Linguistic Inquiry 21, 147–185.
Bresnan, Joan and Annie Zaenen (1990). Deep unaccusativity in LFG. In K. Dziwirek, P. Farrell, and E. Mejías-Bikandi (eds.), Grammatical relations: A cross-theoretical perspective, 45–58. Stanford, CA, CSLI Publications.
Brink, Daniëlle van den and Peter Hagoort (2004). The influence of semantic and syntactic context constraints on lexical selection and integration in spoken-word comprehension as revealed by ERPS. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 16, 1068–1084.
Brisson, Christine (1998). Distributivity, maximality, and floating quantifiers. PhD thesis, Rutgers University.
Brody, Michael (1990). Some remarks on the focus field in Hungarian. In UCL Working Papers in Linguistics 2, 201–225. University College London.
Brody, Michael (1993). θ-theory and arguments. Linguistic Inquiry 24, 1–23.
Brody, Michael (1995). Lexico-logical form: A radically minimalist theory. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Brody, Michael (2001). Mirror Theory: Syntactic representation in perfect syntax. Linguistic Inquiry 31, 29–56.
Brody, Michael (2002). On the status of representations and derivations. In S. D. Epstein and T. D. Seely (eds.), Derivation and explanation in the Minimalist Program, 19–41. Malden: Blackwell.
Brody, Michael (2003). Towards an elegant syntax. London: Routledge.
Broekhuis, Hans (2000). Against feature strength: The case of Scandinavian object shift. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 18, 673–721.
Broekhuis, Hans (2005). Extraction from subjects: Some remarks on Chomsky’s On Phases. In H. Broekhuis, N. Corver, R. Huybregts, U. Kleinhenz, and J. Koster (eds.), Organizing grammar. Linguistic studies in honor of Henk van Riemsdijk, 59–68. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Broekhuis, Hans (2008). Derivations and evaluations: Object shift in the Germanic languages (Studies in Generative Grammar). Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Broekhuis, Hans and Joost Dekkers (2000). The Minimalist Program and Optimality Theory: Derivations and evaluations. In J. Dekkers, F. van der Leeuw, and J. van de Weijer (eds.), Optimality Theory: Phonology, syntax and acquisition, 386–422. Oxford University Press.
Brown, Colin and Peter Hagoort (1993). The processing nature of the n400: Evidence from masked priming. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 5, 34–44.
Brown, Roger (1973). A first language: The early stages. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Browning, Marguerite (1987). Null operator constructions. PhD thesis, MIT.
Browning, Marguerite (1996). CP Recursion and that-t Effects. Linguistic Inquiry 27, 237–256.
Brucart, José M. (1987). La elision sintactica en español. Bellaterra: Publicacions de la Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona.
Brucart, Jose M. (1999). La elipsis. In I. Bosque and V. Demonte (eds.), Gramática descriptiva de la lengua española, 787–863. Madrid: Espasa Calpe.
Bruening, Benjamin (2001). Syntax at the edge: Cross-clausal phenomena and the syntax of Passamaquoddy. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Bruening, Benjamin (2004). Two types of wh-scope marking in Passamaquoddy. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 22, 229–305.
Bruening, Benjamin (2006). Differences between the wh-scope-marking and wh-copy constructions in Passamaquoddy. Linguistic Inquiry 37, 25–49.
Brunetti, Lisa (2003a). A unification of focus. PhD thesis, University of Florence.
Brunetti, Lisa (2003b). ‘Information’ focus movement in Italian and contextual constraints on ellipsis. In G. Garding and M. Tsujimura (eds.), Proceedings of the 22nd West Conference on Formal Linguistics, 95–108. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
Büring, Daniel (1998). Identity, modality, and the candidate behind the wall. In D. Strolovich and A. Lawson (eds.), Proceedings of SALT 8, 36–54. Ithaca, NY: CLC Publications.
Büring, Daniel (1999). Topic. In Bosch and van der Sandt (1999), 142–165.
Büring, Daniel (2001a). Let’s phrase it! – Focus, word order, and prosodic phrasing in German double object constructions. In Müller and Sternefeld (2001), 101–137.
Büring, Daniel (2001b). What do definites do that indefinites definitely don’t? In Féry and Sternefeld (2001), 70–100.
Büring, Daniel (2003). On D-trees, beans, and B-accents. Linguistics & Philosophy 26, 511–545.
Büring, Daniel (2005). Binding Theory. Cambridge University Press.
Büring, Daniel (2006). Focus projection and default prominence. In Valéria Molnár and Susanne Winkler (eds.), The architecture of focus, 321–346. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Büring, Daniel (2008a). Been there, marked that – A theory of second occurrence focus. Unpublished ms., UCLA.
Büring, Daniel (2008b). What’s new (and what’s given) in the theory of focus? In Proceedings of the 4th Berkeley Linguistics Society Meeting, Parasession on Information Structure. Berkeley, CA.
Büring, Daniel (2009). Towards a typology of focus realization. In Malte Zimmermann and Caroline Féry (eds.), Information structure, 177–205. Oxford University Press.
Büring, Daniel and Rodrigo Gutiérrez-Bravo (2001). Focus-related word order variation without the NSR: A prosody-based crosslinguistic analysis. In S. Mac Bhloscaidh (ed.), Syntax at Santa Cruz 3, 41–58.
Büring, Daniel and Katharina Hartmann (1997). Doing the right thing. The Linguistic Review 14, 1–42.
Burkhardt, Petra (2005). The syntax–discourse interface. Amsterdam/Philadelphia. Benjamins.
Burzio, Luigi (1986). Italian syntax: A Government-Binding approach. Dordrecht/Boston/Lancaster/Tokyo: Reidel.
Burzio, Luigi (1989). On the non-existence of disjoint reference principles. Rivista di Grammatica Generativa 14, 3–27.
Burzio, Luigi (1991). The morphological basis of anaphora. Journal of Linguistics 27, 81–105.
Burzio, Luigi (1996). The role of the antecedent in anaphoric relations. In R. Freidin (ed.), Current issues in comparative grammar, 1–45. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Burzio, Luigi (1998). Anaphora and soft constraints. In P. Barbosa, D. Fox, P. Hagstrom, M. McGinnis, and D. Pesetsky (eds.), Is the best good enough?, 93–113. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Burzio, Luigi (2000). Anatomy of a generalization. In Reuland (2000), 195–240.
Butt, Miriam (1995). The structure of complex predicates in Urdu (Dissertations in Linguistics). Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Butt, Miriam (2006). Theories of Case. Cambridge University Press.
Caha, Pavel (2009). The nanosyntax of case. PhD dissertation, University of Tromsoe.
Calabrese, Andrea (1986). Some properties of the Italian pronominal system: An analysis based on the notion of thema as subject of predication. In H. Stammerjohann (ed.), Tema-Rema in Italiano, 25–36. Tuebingen: Gunter Narr Verlag.
Campana, Mark (1992). A movement theory of ergativity. PhD dissertation, McGill University.
Cann, Ronnie, Ruth Kempson, and Lutz Marten (2005). The dynamics of language. Oxford: Elsevier.
Caplan, David, Nathaniel Alpert, and Gloria Waters (1998). Effects of syntactic structure and propositional number on patterns of regional cerebral blood flow. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 10, 541–552.
Caplan, D., N. Alpert, and G. Waters (1999). Pet studies of syntactic processing with auditory sentence presentation. NeuroImage 9, 343–351.
Caplan, David, Nathaniel Alpert, Gloria Waters, and Anthony Olivieri (2000). Activation of Broca’s area by syntactic processing under conditions of concurrent articulation. Human Brain Mapping 9, 65–71.
Caplan, David, Evan Chen, and Gloria Waters (2008). Task-dependent and task-independent neurovascular responses to syntactic processing. Cortex 44, 257–275.
Caplan, David, Louise Stanczak, and Gloria Waters (2008). Syntactic and thematic constraint effects on blood oxygenation level dependent signal correlates of comprehension of relative clauses. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 20, 643–656.
Caplan, David, Sujith Vijayan, Gina Kuperberg, Caroline West, Gloria Waters, Doug Greve, and A. M. Dale (2002). Vascular responses to syntactic processing: Event-related fMRI study of relative clauses. Human Brain Mapping 15, 26–38.
Carden, Guy and Thomas Dietrich (1981). Introspection, observation, and experiment: An example where experiment pays off. In P. D. Asquith and R. N. Giere (eds.), Proceedings of the 1980 Biennial Meeting of the Philosophy of Science Association, 583–597. East Lansing, MI: Philosophy of Science Association.
Cardinaletti, Anna (2004). Towards a cartography of subject positions. In L. Rizzi (ed.), The structure of CP and IP, 115–165. Oxford University Press.
Cardinaletti, Anna and Giuliana Giusti (1992). Partitive ne and the QP-Hypothesis. A case study. In E. Fava (ed.), Proceedings of the XVII Meeting of Generative Grammar, Trieste, 22–24 February 1991 (Volume presented to G. Francescato on the occasion of his seventieth birthday), 121–142. Torino: Rosemberg & Sellier.
Cardinaletti, Anna and Michal Starke (1999). The typology of structural deficiency. In H. van Riemsdijk (ed.), Clitics in the languages of Europe, 145–234. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Carlson, Gregory (1977). A unified analysis of the English bare plural. Linguistics and Philosophy 1, 413–457.
Carnie, Andrew (1997). Two types of non-verbal predication in Modern Irish. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 42, 57–73.
Carnie, Andrew (2008). Constituent structure. Oxford University Press.
Carpenter, Bob (1992). The logic of typed feature structures. Cambridge University Press.
Carrier, Jill and Janet Randall (1992). The argument structure and syntactic structure of resultatives. Linguistic Inquiry 23, 173–234.
Carstens, Vicki (2001). Multiple agreement and case deletion: Against phi-(in)completeness. Syntax 4, 147–163.
Carstens, Vicki (2003). Rethinking complementizer agreement: Agree with a case-checked goal. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 393–412.
Carstens, Vicki (2005). Agree and EPP in Bantu. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 23, 219–279.
Carstens, Vicki (2011). Hyperactivity and hyperagreement in Bantu. Lingua 121, 721–741.
Carston, Robyn (2002). Linguistic meaning, communicated meaning and cognitive pragmatics. Mind and Language 17, 127–148.
Chametzky, Robert A. (2000). Phrase Structure: From GB to Minimalism. Malden: Blackwell.
Chao, Wynn (1987). On ellipsis. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
Chaves, Rui (2012). On the grammar of extraction and coordination. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 30, 465–512.
Chen, Evan, Caroline West, Gloria Waters, and David Caplan (2006). Determinants of bold signal correlates of processing object-extracted relative clauses. Cortex 42, 591–604.
Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen (1991). On the typology of wh-questions. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen (1995). On dou-quantification. Journal of East Asian Linguistics 4, 197–234.
Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen (2000). Moving just the feature. In Lutz, Müller, and von Stechow (2000), 77–99.
Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen and Hamida Demirdache (1993). External arguments in Basque. In J. I. Hualde and J. O. de Urbina (eds.), Generative studies in Basque linguistics, 71–87. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Cheng, Lisa Lai-Shen and Rint Sybesma (1999). Bare and not-so-bare nouns and the structure of NP. Linguistic Inquiry 30, 509–542.
Chierchia, Gennaro (1984). Topics in the syntax and semantics of infinitives and gerunds. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
Chierchia, Gennaro (1985). Formal semantics and the grammar of predication. Linguistic Inquiry 16, 417–443.
Chierchia, Gennaro (1989). Anaphora and attitudes de se. In R. Bartsch, J. van Benthem, and P. van Emde Boas (eds.), Semantics and contextual expression, 1–31. Dordrecht: Foris.
Chierchia, Gennaro (1993). Questions with quantifiers. Natural Language Semantics 1, 181–234.
Chierchia, Gennaro (2004a). Scalar implicatures, polarity phenomena and the syntax/pragmatics interface. In Belletti (2004b), 39–103.
Chierchia, Gennaro (2004b). A semantics for unaccusatives and its syntactic consequences. In Alexiadou, Anagnostopoulou, and Everaert (2004), 22–59. [First circulated in 1989.]
Chierchia, Gennaro (2006). Broaden your views. Implicatures of domain widening and the ‘Logicality’ of language. Linguistic Inquiry 37, 535–590.
Chierchia, Gennaro, Maria Teresa Guasti, and Andrea Gualmini (2001). Nouns and articles in child grammar: A syntax/semantics map. Unpublished ms., University of Milano-Bicocca.
Chierchia, Gennaro and Sally McConnell-Ginet (1990). Meaning and grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chierchia, Gennaro and Raymond Turner (1988). Semantics and property theory. Linguistics and Philosophy 11, 261–302.
Choe, Jae-Woong (1984). LF wh-movement: A case of pied piping? Unpublished ms., University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Chomsky, Noam (1955/1975). The logical structure of linguistic theory. New York: MIT Humanities Library and London: Plenum Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1956). Three models for the description of language. Institute of Radio Engineers Transactions on Information Theory II, 113–124 [Reprinted in Luce et al. (1965), 105–124].
Chomsky, Noam (1957). Syntactic structures (Janua Linguarum Series Minor, vol. 4). The Hague: Mouton.
Chomsky, Noam (1958/1962). A transformational approach to syntax. In Archibald A. Hill (ed.), Proceedings of the Third Texas Conference on Problems of Linguistic Analysis in English, 124–158. Austin: University of Texas Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1961). Some methodological remarks on generative grammar. Word 17, 219–239.
Chomsky, Noam (1962). Explanatory models in linguistics. In E. Nagel, P. Suppes, and A. Tarski (eds.), Logic, methodology, and philosophy of science, 528–550. Stanford University Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1964a). Current issues in linguistic theory. The Hague: Mouton. [This is a revised and expanded version of Chomsky (1964c).]
Chomsky, Noam (1964b). Current issues in linguistic theory. In J. A. Fodor and J. Katz (eds.), The structure of language: Readings in the philosophy of language, 50–118. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Chomsky, Noam (1964c). The logical basis of linguistic theory. In H. G. Lunt (ed.), Proceedings of the Ninth International Congress of Linguists, 914–977. The Hague: Mouton. [Reprinted as Chomsky (1964b).]
Chomsky, Noam (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1966). Cartesian linguistics: A chapter in the history of rationalist thought. New York: Harper & Row.
Chomsky, Noam (1968). Language and mind. New York: Harcourt Brace & World.
Chomsky, Noam (1969). Quine’s empirical assumptions. In D. Davidson and J. Hintikka (eds.), Words and objections: Essays on the work of W. V. Quine, 53–68. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Chomsky, Noam (1970a). Remarks on nominalization. In R. A. Jacobs and P. S. Rosenbaum (eds.), Readings in English transformational grammar, 184–221. Waltham: Ginn and Company [Reprinted in Chomsky (1976b), 1–61].
Chomsky, Noam (1970b). Deep structure, surface structure, and semantic interpretation. In R. Jakobson and S. Kawamoto (eds.), Studies in general and oriental linguistics presented to Shirô Hattori on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday, 52–91. Tokyo: TEX Company, Ltd.
Chomsky, Noam (1973). Conditions on transformations. In S. Anderson and P. Kiparsky (eds.), A festschrift for Morris Halle, 232–286. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Chomsky, Noam (1975a). The logical structure of linguistic theory. University of Chicago Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1975b). Reflections on language. New York: Pantheon.
Chomsky, Noam (1976a). Conditions on rules of grammar. Linguistic Analysis 2, 303–351.
Chomsky, Noam (1976b). Studies on semantics in generative grammar. The Hague: Mouton.
Chomsky, Noam (1977). On wh-movement. In P. Culicover, T. Wasow, and A. Akmajian (eds.), Formal syntax, 71–132. New York: Academic Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1980a). On binding. Linguistic Inquiry 11, 1–46.
Chomsky, Noam (1980b). On cognitive structures and their development: A reply to Piaget. In M. Piattelli-Palmarini (ed.), Language and learning: The debate between Jean Piaget and Noam Chomsky, 35–54. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1981). Lectures on government and binding (Studies in Generative Grammar, vol. 9). Dordrecht: Foris.
Chomsky, Noam (1982). Some concepts and consequences of the theory of Government and Binding (Linguistic Inquiry Monographs vol. 6). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1986a). Barriers. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1986b). Knowledge of language: Its nature, origin and use. New York: Praeger.
Chomsky, Noam (1991a). Linguistics and cognitive science: Problems and mysteries. In A. Kasher (ed.), The Chomskyan turn: Generative linguistics, philosophy, mathematics, and psychology, 26–55. Oxford: Blackwell.
Chomsky, Noam (1991b). Some notes on economy of derivation and representation: Principles and parameters in comparative grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1993). A Minimalist Program for linguistic theory. In K. Hale and S. J. Keyser (eds.), The view from Building 20: Essays in honor of Sylvain Bromberger, 1–52. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press [Reprinted as Chapter 3 of Chomsky (1995c), 167–217].
Chomsky, Noam (1994). Bare phrase structure. In MIT Occasional Papers in Linguistics 5 (MITWPL). Cambridge, MA: Department of Linguistics and Philosophy, MIT.
Chomsky, Noam (1995a). Bare phrase structure. In H. Campos and P. Kempchinsky (eds.), Evolution and revolution in linguistic theory: A festschrift in honor of Carlos Otero, 51–109. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1995b). Bare phrase structure. In G. Webelhuth (ed.), Government and Binding Theory and the Minimalist Program, 385–439. Oxford/Cambridge, MA: Blackwell Publishers.
Chomsky, Noam (1995c). The Minimalist Program. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, Noam (1998). Some observations on economy in generative grammar. In P. Barbosa, D. Fox, P. Hagstrom, M. McGinnis, and D. Pesetsky (eds.), Is the best good enough?, 115–127. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, Noam (2000a). New horizons in the study of language and mind. Cambridge University Press.
Chomsky, Noam (2000b). Minimalist inquiries: The framework. In R. Martin, D. Michaels, and J. Uriagereka (eds.), Step by step: Essays on Minimalist syntax in honor of Howard Lasnik, 89–155. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, Noam (2001). Derivation by phase. In M. Kenstowicz (ed.), Ken Hale. A life in language, 1–52. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, Noam (2002). On nature and language. Cambridge University Press.
Chomsky, Noam (2004). Beyond explanatory adequacy. In Belletti (2004b), 104–131.
Chomsky, Noam (2005). Three factors in language design. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 1–22.
Chomsky, Noam (2007). Approaching UG from below. In U. Sauerland and H.-M. Gärtner (eds.), Interfaces + Recursion = Language?, 1–29. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Chomsky, Noam (2008). On phases. In R. Freidin, C. Otero, and M.-L. Zubizarreta (eds.), Foundational issues in linguistic theory: Essays in honor of Jean-Roger Vergnaud, 133–166. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, Noam and Howard Lasnik (1977). Filters and control. Linguistic Inquiry 11, 425–504.
Chomsky, Noam and Howard Lasnik (1993). The theory of principles and parameters. In J. Jacobs et al. (eds.), An international handbook of contemporary research. Syntax: vol. 1, 506–569. Walter de Gruyter [Reprinted as Chapter 1 of Chomsky (1995c), 13–127].
Chomsky, Noam and George Miller (1963). Introduction to the formal analysis of natural languages. In Luce, Bush, and Galanter (1965), 269–322.
Chung, Sandra (1998). The design of agreement: Evidence from Chamorro. Chicago University Press.
Chung, Sandra (2006). Sluicing and the lexicon: The point of no return. In R. T. Cover and Y. Kim (eds,), Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 31, 73–91. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Linguistics Society.
Chung, Sandra, William Ladusaw and James McCloskey (1995). Sluicing and Logical Form. Natural Language Semantics 3, 239–282.
Churchward, C. Maxwell (1953). Tongan grammar. Oxford University Press.
Cinque, Guglielmo (1990a). Ergative adjectives and the lexicalist hypothesis. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8, 1–39.
Cinque, Guglielmo (1990b). Types of A’-dependencies. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Cinque, Guglielmo (1994). On the evidence for partial N-movement in the Romance DP. In G. Cinque, J. Koster, J.-Y. Pollock, L. Rizzi, and R. Zanuttini, (eds.), Paths towards Universal Grammar, 85–110. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.
Cinque, Guglielmo (1999). Adverbs and functional heads. A cross-linguistic perspective. Oxford University Press.
Cinque, Guglielmo (ed.) (2002). Functional structure in DP and IP. The cartography of syntactic structures, vol. 1. Oxford University Press.
Cinque, Guglielmo (2004). Issues in adverbial syntax. Lingua 114, 683–710.
Cinque, Guglielmo (2005). Deriving Greenberg’s Universal 20 and its exceptions. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 315–332.
Cinque, Guglielmo (2006). Restructuring and functional heads – The cartography of syntactic structures, Vol. IV. Oxford University Press.
Cinque, Guglielmo (2010). The syntax of adjectives: A comparative study. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Cinque, Guglielmo and Luigi Rizzi (2010a). The cartography of syntactic structures. In Heine and Narrog (2010), 51–65.
Cinque, Guglielmo and Luigi Rizzi (eds.) (2010b). Mapping spatial PPs: The cartography of syntactic structures, vol. 6. Oxford University Press.
Cirillo, Robert (2009). The syntax of floating quantifiers: Stranding revisited. PhD dissertation, University of Amsterdam.
Citko, Barbara (2008). Small clauses reconsidered: Not so small, and not all alike. Lingua 118, 251–295.
Clahsen, Harald (1990). Constraints on parameter setting: A grammatical analysis of some acquisition stages in German child language. Language Acquisition 1, 361–391.
Clark, Robin (1992). The selection of syntactic knowledge. Language Acquisition 2, 83–149.
Clements, George N. (1975). The logopohoric pronoun in Ewe: Its role in discourse. Journal of West African Languages 10, 141–177.
Clements, George N. (1984). Principles of tone assignment in Kikuyu. In G. Clements and J. Goldsmith (eds.), Autosegmental studies in Bantu tone, 281–339. Dordrecht: Foris.
Clifton, Charles Jr. and Lyn Frazier (1989). Comprehending sentences with long-distance dependencies. In M. Tanenhaus and G. Carlson (eds.), Linguistic structure in language processing, 273–317. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Coene, Martine and Yves d′Hulst (2003). From NP to DP. Vol. 1: The syntax and semantics of noun phrases. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Cole, Peter (1982). Subjacency and successive cyclicity: Evidence from Ancash Quechua. Journal of Linguistic Research 2, 35–58.
Cole, Peter, Gabriella Hermon, and Cher Leng Lee (2001). Grammatical discourse conditions on long distance reflexives in two Chinese dialects. In P. Cole, G. Hermon, and C.-T. J. Huang (eds.), Syntax and semantics 33: Long distance reflexives, 1–46. New York: Academic Press.
Cole, Peter and Li-May Sung (1994). Head movement and long distance reflexives. Linguistic Inquiry 25, 355–406.
Collins, Chris (1997). Local economy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Collins, Chris (2002). Eliminating labels. In S. D. Epstein and T. D. Seely (eds.), Derivation and explanation in the Minimalist Program, 42–64. Oxford: Blackwell.
Collins, Chris (2005a). A smuggling approach to English raising. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 289–298.
Collins, Chris (2005b). A smuggling approach to the passive in English. Syntax 8, 81–120.
Comorovski, Ileana (1996). Interrogative phrases and the syntax–semantics interface. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Comrie, Bernard (1976). Aspect. Cambridge University Press.
Comrie, Bernard (1981a). The languages of the Soviet Union (Cambridge Language Surveys). Cambridge University Press.
Comrie, Bernard (1981b). Language universals and linguistic typology. University of Chicago Press.
Comrie, Bernard (1984). Subject and object control: Syntax, semantics, pragmatics. Proceedings of the Berkeley Linguistic Society 10, 450–464.
Comrie, Bernard (1985a). Reflections on subject and object control. Journal of Semantics 4, 47–65.
Comrie, Bernard (1985b). Tense. (Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics). Cambridge University Press.
Comrie, Bernard (1989). Language universals and linguistic typology. Oxford: Blackwell; University of Chicago Press.
Comrie, Bernard (2005). Alignment of case marking of full noun phrases. In M. Haspelmath, M. Dryer, D. Gil, and B. Comrie (eds.), The world atlas of language structures, 398–403. Oxford University Press.
Condoravdi, Cleo (1989). The middle: Where semantics and morphology meet. In P. Branigan, J. Gaulding, M. Kubo, and K. Murasugi (eds.), Proceedings of the Student Conference in Linguistics (MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 11), 16–30. Cambridge, MA: MITWPL.
Condoravdi, Cleo (2001). Temporal interpretation of modals: Modals for the present and for the past. In D. Beaver, S. Kaufmann, B. Clark, and L. Casillas (eds.), Stanford papers on semantics, 59–88. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Cook, Vivian and Mark Newson (1996). Chomsky’s Universal Grammar, 2nd edn. Oxford: Blackwell.
Cooke, Ayanna, Edgar Zurif, Christian DeVita, David Alsop, Phyllis Koenig, John Detre, James Gee, Maria Pinango, Jennifer Balogh, and Murray Grossman (2002). Neural basis for sentence comprehension: Grammatical and short-term memory components. Human Brain Mapping 15, 80–94.
Cooper, Robin (1983). Quantification and syntactic theory, Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
Cooper, William J., Stephen J. Eady, and Pamela R. Mueller (1985). Acoustical aspects of contrastive stress in question–answer contexts. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 77, 2142–2155.
Copley, Bridget (2002). The semantics of the future. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Coppock, Elizabeth (2001). Gapping: In defense of deletion. In M. Andronis, C. Ball, H. Elston, and S. Neuvel (eds.), Proceedings of the 37th Annual Chicago Linguistic Society Conference, 252–286. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.
Corbett, Greville (1991). Gender. Cambridge University Press.
Corblin, Francis, Viviane Déprez, Henriette de Swart, and Lucia Tovena (2004). Negative concord. In F. Corblin and H. de Swart (eds.), Handbook of French semantics, 417–452. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Cormack, Annabel (1999). Without specifiers. In D. Adger, S. Pintzuk, B. Plunkett, and G. Tsoulas (eds.), Specifiers: Minimalist approaches, 46–68. Oxford University Press.
Cormack, Annabel and Neil Smith (2004). Backward control in Korean and Japanese. University College London Working Papers in Linguistics 16, 57–83.
Cornilescu, Alexandra (1995). Rumanian genitive constructions. In G. Cinque and G. Giusti (eds.), Advances in Rumanian linguistics, 1–54, Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Corver, Norbert (1990). The syntax of left branch extractions. PhD dissertation, Tilburg University.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (1991). Evidence for DegP. In T. Sherer (ed.), Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistic Society 21, 33–47. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (1992). On deriving certain left branch extraction asymmetries: A case study in parametric syntax. Proceedings of the Northeast Linguistic Society 22, 67–84. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (1997a). The internal syntax of the Dutch extended adjectival projection. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 15, 289–368.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (1997b). Much-support as a last resort. Linguistic Inquiry 28, 119–164.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (1998). Predicate movement in pseudopartitive constructions. In Alexiadou and Wilder (1998b), 215–257.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (2000). Degree adverbs as displaced predicates. Italian Journal of Linguistics 12, 155–191.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (2003). On three types of movement within the Dutch nominal domain. In Coene and D’Hulst (2003), 297–328.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (2005). Double comparatives and the Comparative Criterion. Revue Linguistique de Vincennes 34, 165–190.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (2006a). Comparative deletion and subdeletion. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. I, 582–637.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (2006b). Subextraction. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. IV, 566–600.
Corver, Norbert F. M. (2009). Getting the (syntactic) measure of measure phrases. The Linguistic Review 26, 67–134.
Corver, Norbert and Denis Delfitto (1999). On the nature of pronoun movement. In H. van Riemsdijk (ed.), Clitics in the languages of Europe, 799–861. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Corver, Norbert and Marjo van Koppen (2007). Ellipsis in possessive noun phrases: A comparative approach. Unpublished ms., University of Utrecht, UiL-OTS.
Corver, Norbert and
Marjo van Koppen (
2009).
Let’s focus on NP-ellipsis.
GAGL (Groninger Arbeiten zur Germanistischen Linguistik) 48,
3–26. Available at:
http://Gagl.eldoc.ub.rug.nl
Corver, Norbert and Henk van Riemsdijk (eds.) (1994), Studies on scrambling: Movement and non-movement approaches to free word-order phenomena. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Corver, Norbert and Henk van Riemsdijk, (2001). Semi-lexical categories. The function of content words and the content of function words. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Costa, João (1998). Word order variation. The Hague: Holland Academic Graphics.
Coulson, Seana, Jonathan King, and Marta Kutas (1998). Expect the unexpected: Event-related brain response to morphosyntactic violations. Language and Cognitive Processes 13, 21–58.
Cowart, Wayne (1997). Experimental syntax: Applying objective methods to sentence judgments. Newbury Park, CA: SAGE Publications.
Craenenbroeck, Jeroen van (2009). Ellipsis and accommodation. The (morphological) case of sluicing. Colloquium talk presented at MIT.
Craenenbroeck, J. van (2010a). The syntax of ellipsis. Evidence from Dutch dialects. Oxford University Press.
Craenenbroeck, J. van (2010b). Invisible last resort. A note on clefts as the underlying source for sluicing. Lingua 120, 1714–1726.
Craenenbroeck, Jeroen van and Marcel den Dikken (2006). Ellipsis and EPP repair. Linguistic Inquiry 37, 653–664.
Craenenbroeck, Jeroen van and Anikó Lipták (2005). Ellipsis in Hungarian and the typology of sluicing. In K. Choi and C. Yim (eds.), Ellipsis in Minimalism. Proceedings of the 7th Seoul International Conference on Generative Grammar, 103–133. Seoul: Hankook.
Craenenbroeck, J. van and A. Lipták (2006). The cross-linguistic syntax of sluicing: Evidence from Hungarian relatives. Syntax 9, 248–274.
Craenenbroeck, J. van and A. Lipták (2008). On the interaction between verb movement and ellipsis: New evidence from Hungarian. In C. B. Chang, and H. J. Haynie (eds.), Proceedings of the 26th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, 138–146. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla.
Craenenbroeck, J. van and A. Lipták (2009). What sluicing can do, what it can’t and in which language. On the cross-linguistic syntax of ellipsis. To appear in: L. Cheng and N. Corver (eds.), Diagnosing syntax. Oxford University Press.
Craig, Colette G. (1974). A wrong-cyclical rule in Jacaltec? In Proceedings of the 10th Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, 103–116. Chicago Linguistic Society, University of Chicago.
Craig, Colette G. (1977). The structure of Jacaltec. Austin: University of Texas Press.
Crain, Stephen (1991). Language acquisition in the absence of experience. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 14, 597–650.
Crain, S. (2008). The interpretation of disjunction in Universal Grammar. Language and Speech 51, 151–169.
Crain, S. (2012). The emergence of meaning. Cambridge University Press.
Crain, Stephen and Janet Dean Fodor (1985). How can grammars help parsers? In D. R. Dowty, L. Karttunen, and A. Zwicky (eds.), Natural language parsing: Psychological, computational, and theoretical perspectives, 94–128. Cambridge University Press.
Crain, Stephen, Takuya Goro, and Utako Minai (2007). Hidden units in child language. In A. Schalley and D. Khlentzos (eds.), Mental states: Nature, function and evolution, 275–294. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Crain, Stephen, Takuya Goro, and Rosalind Thornton (2006). Language acquisition is language change. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 35, 31–49.
Crain, Stephen and Drew Khlentzos (2008). Is logic innate? Biolinguistics 2, 24–56.
Crain, Stephen, Weijia Ni, and Laura Conway (1994). Learning, parsing and modularity. In C. Clifton, L. Frazier, and K. Rayner (eds.), Perspectives on sentence processing, 443–468. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Crain, Stephen and Paul Pietroski (2001). Nature, nurture and Universal Grammar. Linguistics and Philosophy 24, 139–185.
Crain, S. and P. Pietroski (2002). Why language acquisition is a snap. The Linguistic Review 19, 163–183.
Crain, Stephen and Rosalind Thornton (1998). Investigations in Universal Grammar: A guide to experiments on the acquisition of syntax and semantics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Cresti, Diana (1995). Extraction and reconstruction. Natural Language Semantics 3, 79–122.
Croft, William (1984). The representation of adverbs, adjectives and events in logical form (Technical Report 344). Menlo Park, CA: SRI International.
Croft, William (1990). Typology and universals. Cambridge University Press.
Croft, William (1991). Syntactic categories and grammatical relations. University of Chicago Press.
Croft, William (1998). Event structure in argument linking. In M. Butt and W. Geuder (eds.), The projection of arguments, 1–43. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Croft, William (2001). Radical construction grammar: Syntactic theory in typological perspective. Oxford University Press.
Croft, William and D. Alan Cruse (2004). Cognitive linguistics. Cambridge University Press.
Cruschina, Silvio (2008). Discourse-related features and the syntax of peripheral positions – A comparative study of Sicilian and other Romance languages. PhD dissertation, University of Cambridge.
Culbertson, Jennifer (2010). Convergent evidence for categorial change in French: From subject clitic to agreement marker. Language 86, 85–132.
Culicover, Peter (1991). Topicalisation, inversion and complementizers in English. In D. Delfitto, M. Everaert, A. Evans, and F. Stuurman (eds.), Going Romance and beyond, 1–43. University of Utrecht.
Culicover, Peter (1999). Syntactic nuts: Hard cases, syntactic theory, and language acquisition. Oxford University Press.
Culicover, Peter and Ray Jackendoff (2001). Control is not movement. Linguistic Inquiry 32, 493–511.
Culicover, Peter and Ray Jackendoff (2005). Simpler syntax. Oxford University Press.
Culicover, Peter and Louise McNally (eds.) (1998). The limits of syntax (Syntax and Semantics vol. 29). New York: Academic Press.
Culicover, Peter and Michael Rochemont (1992). Adjunct extraposition from NP and the ECP. Linguistic Inquiry 23, 496–501.
Culy, Christopher (1985). The complexity of the vocabulary of Bambara. Linguistics and Philosophy 8, 345–351.
Culy, Christopher (1994). Aspects of logophoric marking. Linguistics 32, 1055–1094.
Culy, Christopher (1997). Logophoric pronouns and point of view. Linguistics 35, 845–859.
Currie, Karen L. (1980). An initial ‘search for tonics’. Language and Speech 23, 329–350.
Currie, Karen L. (1981). Further experiments in the ‘search for tonics’. Language and Speech 24, 1–28.
Czepluch, Hartmut (1988). Case patterns in German: Some implications for the theory of abstract case. McGill Working Papers in Linguistics. Special Issue on Comparative Germanic Syntax, 79–122. Montreal: Department of Linguistics, McGill University.
Dagnac, Anne (2010). Modal ellipsis in French, Spanish and Italian: Evidence for a TP-deletion analysis. In K. Arregi, Z. Fagyal, S. A. Montrul, and A. Tremblay (eds.), Romance Linguistics 2008 (Interactions in Romance), 157–170. Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Dahl, Östen (1979). Typology of sentence negation. Linguistics 17, 79–106.
Dalrymple, Mary (1993). The syntax of anaphoric binding. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Dalrymple, Mary (2001). Lexical-Functional Grammar (Syntax and Semantics 34). New York: Academic Press.
Dalrymple, Mary (2006). Lexical-Functional Grammar. In K. Brown (ed.), Encyclopedia of language and linguistics, 2nd edn, 82–94. Oxford: Elsevier.
Dalrymple, Mary, Ronald M. Kaplan, John T. Maxwell, III, and Annie Zaenen (eds.) (1995). Formal issues in Lexical-Functional Grammar. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Dalrymple, Mary, Stuart M. Sheiber, and Fernando C. N. Pereira (1991). Ellipsis and higher-order unification. Linguistics and Philosophy 14, 399–452.
Dapretto, Mirella and Susan Bookheimer (1999). Form and content: Dissociating syntax and semantics in sentence comprehension. Neuron 24, 427–432.
Davidson, Donald (1967). The logical form of action sentences. In N. Resher (ed.), The logic of decision and action, 81–95. University of Pittsburg Press.
Davies, William and Stanley Dubinsky (2003). On extraction from NPs. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 21, 1–37.
Davies, William and Stanley Dubinsky (2004). The grammar of raising and control. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Davis, Henry and Hamida Demirdache (2000). On lexical verb meanings: Evidence from Salish. In C. Tenny and J. Pustejovsky (eds.), Events as grammatical objects: The converging perspectives of lexical semantics and syntax, 97–142. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Davis, Martin (1958). Computability and unsolvability. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company.
Davison, Alice (2000). Lexical anaphora in Hindi/Urdu. In K. Wali, K. V. Subbarao, B. Lust, and J. Gair (eds.), Lexical pronouns and anaphors in some South Asian languages: A principled typlogy, 397–470. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Davison, Alice (2001). Long distance anaphors in Hindi/Urdu. In P. Cole, G. Hermon, and C.-T. J. Huang (eds.), Long distance reflexives (Syntax and Semantics 33), 47–82. New York: Academic Press.
Dayal, Veneeta (1994). Scope marking as indirect wh-dependency. Natural Language Semantics 2, 137–170.
Dayal, Veneeta (1996). Locality in wh-quantification, questions and relative clauses in Hindi (SLAP 62). Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Dayal, Veneeta (1998). ANY as inherently modal. Linguistics and Philosophy 21, 433–476.
Dayal, Veneeta (2000). Scope marking: Cross-linguistic variation in indirect dependency. In Lutz, Müller, and von Stechow (2000), 157–193.
Dayal, V. (2002). Single-pair vs. multiple-pair answers: wh in-situ and scope. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 512–520.
Dayal, V. (2004). The universal force of free choice any. Linguistic Variation Yearbook 4, 5–40.
Dayal, V. (2005). Multiple wh questions. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. III, 275–326.
de Cuba, Carlos (2007). On factivity, clausal complementation and the CP-field. PhD dissertation, Stony Brook University.
de Vaugelas, Claude (1647). Remarques sur la langue française. Paris: Librairie E. Droz [1934 facsimile edition].
de Villiers, Jill (1991). Why questions? In T. Maxfield, and B. Plunkett (eds), UMOP special edition: Papers in the acquisition of wh, 155–175. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Deal, Amy Rose (2010). Ergative case and the transitive subject: A view from Nez Perce. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 28, 73–120.
Dean, Janet (1967). Noun phrase complementation in English and German. Unpublished ms., MIT.
Déchaine, Rose-Marie (1993). Predicates across categories: Towards a category-neutral syntax. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
Déchaine, Rose-Marie and Martina Wiltschko (2002). Decomposing pronouns. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 409–442.
Deemter, Kees van (1999). Contrastive stress, contrariety, and focus. In Bosch and van der Sandt (1999), 3–17.
Dekkers, Joost (1999). Derivations & evaluations. On the syntax of subjects and complementizers. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam/HIL.
Delfitto, Denis (2006). Adverb classes and adverb placement. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. I, 83–120.
Delfitto, Denis and Gaetano Fiorin (2011). Person features and pronominal anaphora. Linguistic Inquiry 42, 193–224.
Delsing, Lars-Olof (1988). The Scandinavian noun phrase. Working Papers in Scandinavian Syntax 42, 57–79.
Delsing, Lars-Olof (1993). The internal structure of noun phrases in Scandinavian languages: A comparative study. PhD dissertation, University of Lund.
Delsing, Lars-Olof (1998). Possession in Germanic. In Alexiadou and Wilder (1998b), 87–108.
Demirdache, Hamida and Myriam Uribe-Etxebarria (2000). The primitives of temporal relations. In R. Martin, D. Michaels, and J. Uriagereka (eds.), Step by step: Essays on Minimalist syntax in honor of Howard Lasnik, 157–186. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Demirdache, Hamida and Myriam Uribe-Etxebarria (2007). The syntax of time arguments. Lingua 117, 330–366.
Demonte, Violeta (1999). A minimal account of Spanish adjective position and interpretation. In J. Franco, A. Landa, and J. Martin (eds.), Grammatical analyses in Basque and Romance linguistics. Papers in honor of Mario Saltarelli, 45–75. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Depiante, Marcela A. (2000). The syntax of deep and surface anaphora: A study of null complement anaphora and stripping/bare argument ellipsis. PhD thesis, University of Connecticut.
Depiante, Marcela A. (2001). Ellipsis in Spanish and the stranded affix filter. In Minjoo Kim, and Uri Strauss (eds.), North East Linguistic Society, 215–224. Georgetown University: GLSA.
Depiante, Marcela A. and Jorge Hankamer (2008). La condición de identidad en la elipsis: El caso del truncamiento. Unpublished ms., Universidad Nacional del Comahue and UCSC.
Depiante, Marcela A. and Pascual José Masullo (2001). Género y número en la elipsis nominal: Consecuencias para la hipótesis lexicalista. Paper presented at the 1st Encuentro de Gramática Generativa.
Déprez, Viviane (1989). On the typology of syntactic positions and the nature of chains: Move alpha to the specifier of functional projections. PhD thesis, MIT.
Derwing, Bruce L. (1973). Transformational grammar as a theory of language acquisition: A study in the empirical, conceptual, and methodological foundations of contemporary linguistic theory (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, vol. 10). Cambridge University Press.
Dewey, Tonya Kim (2006). The origins and development of Germanic V2. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley.
Diercks, Michael (2010). Agreement with subjects in Lubukusu. PhD dissertation, Georgetown University.
Diesing, Molly (1989). Bare plural subjects, inflection, and the mapping to LF. In E. Bach, A. Kratzer, and B. H. Partee (eds.), Papers on quantification. Amherst: Department of Linguistics, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Diesing, Molly (1990). Verb movement and subject position in Yiddish. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 8, 41–79.
Diesing, Molly (1992). Indefinites. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Diesing, Molly (1996). Semantic variables and object shift. In H. Thráinsson and S. Epstein (eds.), Studies in comparative Germanic syntax, Vol. 2, 66–84. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Diesing, Molly (1997). Yiddish VP order and the typology of object movement in Germanic. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 17, 369–427.
Dikken, Marcel den (1992). Particles. Leiden: Holland Institute of Generative Linguistics.
Dikken, Marcel den (1995). Particles: On the syntax of verb-particle, triadic, and causative constructions. Oxford University Press.
Dikken, Marcel den (1998). Predicate inversion in DP. In Alexiadou and Wilder (1998b), 177–214.
Dikken, Marcel den (2001). ‘Pluringulars’, pronouns and quirky agreement. The Linguistic Review 18, 19–41.
Dikken, Marcel den (2002). Direct and indirect polarity item licensing. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 5, 35–66.
Dikken, Marcel den (2003). On the morphosyntax of wh-movement. In C. Boeckx and K. Grohmann (eds), Multiple wh-fronting, 77–98. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Dikken, Marcel den (2005). Comparative correlatives comparatively. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 497–532.
Dikken, Marcel den (2006a). Parasitism, secondary triggering and depth of embedding. In R. Zanuttini, H. Campos, E. Herburger, and P. Portner (eds.), Crosslinguistic research in syntax and semantics: Negation, tense, and clausal architecture, 151–174. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.
Dikken, Marcel den (2006b). Relators and linkers: The syntax of predication, predication inversion, and copulas. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Dikken, Marcel den (2006c). A reappraisal of vP being phasal – A reply to Legate. Unpublished ms., CUNY Graduate Center.
Dikken, Marcel den (2006d). Specificational copular sentences and pseudoclefts. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. IV, 292–409.
Dikken, Marcel den (2007). Phase extension. Contours of a theory of the role of head movement in phrasal extraction. Theoretical Linguistics 33, 1–42.
Dikken, Marcel den (2010a). On the functional structure of locative and directional PPs. In Cinque and Rizzi (2010), 74–126.
Dikken, Marcel den (2010b). Arguments for successive-cyclic movement through SpecCP: A critical review. Linguistic Variation Yearbook 9, 89–126.
Dikken, Marcel den (to appear). On the strategies for forming long Aʹ-dependencies: Evidence from Hungarian. In B. Surányi (ed.), (Volume of papers from the conference on Minimalist Approaches to Syntactic Locality). Cambridge University Press.
Dikken, Marcel den and Anastasia Giannakidou (2002). From Hell to polarity: ‘aggressively non-D-linked’ wh-phrases as polarity items. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 31–61.
Dikken, Marcel den, André Meinunger, and Chris Wilder (2000). Pseudoclefts and ellipsis. Studia Linguistica 54, 41–89.
Dikker, Suzanne, Hugh Rabagliati, and Liina Pylkkänen (2009). Sensitivity to syntax in visual cortex. Cognition 110, 293–321.
Dimitriadis, Alexis (2008a). The event structure of irreducibly symmetric reciprocals. In J. Dölling, T. Heyde-Zybatow and M. Schäfer (eds.), Event structures in linguistic form and interpretation, 327–354. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Dimitriadis, Alexis (2008b). Irreducible symmetry and reciprocal constructions. In E. König and V. Gast (eds.), Reciprocals and reflexives: Theoretical and typological explorations, 375–410. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Dixon, Robert (1972). The Dyirbal language of North Queensland. Cambridge University Press.
Dixon, R. M. W. (1982). Where have all the adjectives gone? Berlin: Mouton.
Dixon, R. M. W. (1994). Ergativity. Cambridge University Press.
Dixon, R. M. W. (2004). Adjective classes: A cross-linguistic typology. Oxford University Press.
Dobashi, Yoshihito (2003). Phonological phrasing and syntactic derivation. PhD thesis, Cornell University.
Dobrovie-Sorin, Carmen (1988). A propos de la structure du groupe nominal en Roumain. Rivista di Grammatica Generativa 12, 126–151.
Dobrovie-Sorin, Carmen (1994). The syntax of Romanian: Comparative studies in Romance. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Doetjes, Jenny (1997). Quantifiers and selection: On the distribution of quantifying expressions in French, Dutch, and English (volume 32 of HIL Dissertations). The Hague: Holland Academic Graphics.
Doetjes, Jenny (2008). Adjectives and degree modification. In L. McNally and C. Kennedy (2008), 123–155.
Doetjes, Jenny and Johan Rooryck (2003). Generalizing over quantitative and qualitative constructions. In Coene and d’Hulst (2003), 277–295.
Doke, Clement (1963). Textbook of Zulu grammar. London: Longmans.
Dormer, Anya (2009). Feature valuation without deletion: Evidence from aspect and tense system of Russian. PhD dissertation, University of Washington, Seattle.
Doron, Edit (1983). Verbless predicates in Hebrew. PhD thesis, University of Texas at Austin.
Doron, Edit (1999). V-movement and VP-ellipsis. In S. Lappin, and E. Benmamoun (eds.), Fragments: Studies in ellipsis and gapping, 124–140. Oxford University Press.
Dougherty, Ray C. (1973). A survey of linguistic methods and arguments. Foundations of Language 10, 432–490.
Dowty, David (1979). Word meaning and Montague Grammar: The semantics of verbs and times in generative semantics and in Montague’s PTQ. Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
Dowty, David (1982). Grammatical relations and Montague Grammar. In Jacobson and Pullum (1982), 79–130.
Dowty, David (1985). On recent analyses of the semantics of control. Linguistics and Philosophy 8, 291–331.
Dowty, David (1989). On the semantic content of the notion ‘thematic role’. In B. P. G. Chierchia and R. Turner (eds.), Properties, types and meaning, 69–129. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Dowty, David (1991). Thematic proto-roles and argument selection. Language 67, 547–619.
Dowty, David and Belinda Brodie (1984). The semantics of ‘floated’ quantifiers in a transformationless grammar. In M. Cobler, S. MacKaye, and M. Wescoat (eds.), Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 3, 75–90. Stanford, CA: Stanford Linguistics Association.
Dowty, David, R. Wall and S. Peters (1981). Introduction to Montague semantics. Dordrecht: Reidel Publishing Company.
Dronkers, Nina F., David P. Wilkins, Robert D. van Valin, Brenda B. Redfern, and Jeri J. Jaeger (2004). Lesion analysis of the brain areas involved in language comprehension. Cognition 92, 145–77.
Drubig, Hans Bernhard (1994). Island constraints and the syntactic nature of focus and association with focus (Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungbereichs 340). Tübingen.
Drummond, Alex, Norbert Hornstein, and Howard Lasnik (2010). A puzzle about P-stranding, and a possible solution. Linguistic Inquiry 41, 689–692.
Dryer, Matthew S. (1987). On primary objects, secondary objects, and antidative. Language 62, 808–845.
Dryer, Matthew S. (1991). SVO languages and the OV:VO typology. Journal of Linguistics 27, 443–482.
Dryer, Matthew S. (1992). The Greenbergian word order correlations. Language 68, 81–138.
Dryer, Matthew S. (1996). Grammatical relations in Ktunaxa (Kutenai): The Belcourt Lecture delivered before the University of Manitoba on 24 February 1995. Winnipeg: Voices of Rupert’s Land.
Dryer, Matthew S. (1997). Are grammatical relations universal? In J. Bybee, J. Haiman, and S. A. Thompson (eds.), Essays on language function and language type, dedicated to T. Givón, 115–143. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Dubinsky, Stanley and Robert Hamilton (1998). Epithets as anti-logophoric pronouns. Linguistic Inquiry 29, 685–693.
Duffley, Patrick and Pierre Larrivée (2010). Anyone for non-scalarity? English Language and Linguistics 14, 1–17.
Durrleman, Stephanie (2008) The syntax of Jamaican Creole – A cartographic perspective (Linguistics Today). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company.
É. Kiss, Katalin (1987). Configurationality in Hungarian. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Kiss, Katalin É. (1991). Logical structure in syntactic structure: The case of Hungarian. In C.-T. J. Huang and R. May (eds.), Logical structure and linguistic structure: Cross-linguistic perspectives, 123–148. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Kiss, Katalin É. (1993). Wh-movement and specificity. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 11, 85–120.
Kiss, Katalin É. (ed.) (1995). Discourse configurational languages. Oxford University Press.
Kiss, Katalin É. (1998). Identificational focus and information focus. Language 74, 245–273.
Kiss, Katalin É. (2006). Quantifier scope ambiguities. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. IV, 1–34.
Eady, Stephen J. and William J. Cooper (1986). Speech intonation and focus location in matched statements and questions. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 80, 402–415.
Eady, Stephen J., William J. Cooper, Gayle V. Klouda, Pamela R. Mueller, and Dan W. Lotts (1986). Acoustical characteristics of sentential focus: Narrow vs. broad focus and single vs. dual focus environments. Language and Speech 29, 233–251.
Eguren, Luis (2010). Contrastive focus and nominal ellipsis in Spanish. Lingua 120, 435–457.
Eide, Katrin and Tor Åfarli (1999). The syntactic disguises of the predication operator. Studia Linguistica 53, 155–181.
Einstein, Albert (1934). On the method of theoretical physics. In Einstein (1954), 270–276.
Einstein, Albert (1954). Ideas and opinions. New York. Bonanza Books.
Elbourne, Paul (2005). On the acquisition of Principle B. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 333–366.
Elbourne, Paul (2008). Ellipsis sites as definite descriptions. Linguistic Inquiry 39, 191–220.
Elordieta, Gorka, Sóniá Frota, and Marina Vigârio (2005). Subjects, objects and intonational phrasing in Spanish and Portuguese. In M. Horne and M. van Oostendorp (eds.), Studia Linguistica (Special issue: Boundaries in intonational phonology) 59, 110–143.
Embick, David (2010). Localism versus globalism in morphology and phonology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Embick, David and Rolf Noyer (2001). Movement operations after syntax. Linguistic Inquiry 32, 555–595.
Embick, David and Rolf Noyer (2006). Distributed morphology and the syntax/morphology interface. In G. Ramchand and C. Reiss (eds.), The Oxford handbook of linguistic interfaces, 289–324. Oxford University Press.
Emonds, Joseph E. (1970). Root and structure preserving transformations. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Emonds, Joseph E. (1976). A transformational approach to English syntax: Root, structure preserving and local transformations. New York: Academic Press.
Emonds, Joseph E. (1978). The verbal complex V′-V in French. Linguistic Inquiry 9, 151–175.
Emonds, Joseph E. (1985). A unified theory of syntactic categories. Dordrecht: Foris.
Emonds, Joseph E. (2000). Lexicon and grammar: The English syntacticon (Studies in Generative Grammar 50). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Enç, Mürvet (1981). Tense without scope: An analysis of nouns as indexicals. PhD dissertation, University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Enç, Mürvet (1987). Anchoring conditions for tense. Linguistic Inquiry 18, 633–657.
Enç, Mürvet (1996). Tense and modality. In S. Lappin (ed.) The handbook of contemporary semantic theory, 345–358. Oxford: Blackwell.
Endo, Yoshio (2007). Locality and information structure – A cartographic approach to Japanese (Linguistics Today). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company.
Engdahl, Elisabet (1986). Constituent questions. Dordrecht: Reidel.
England, Nora (1991). Changes in basic word order in Mayan languages. International Journal of American Linguistics 57, 446–486.
Epstein, Samuel David (1999). Un-principled syntax: The derivation of syntactic relations. In S. D. Epstein and N. Hornstein (eds.), Working Minimalism, 317–345. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. [Reprinted in Essays in syntactic theory, 183–210. New York: Routledge, 2000.]
Epstein, Samuel David (2003/2007). On I(nternalist) functional explanation in Minimalism. Linguistic Analysis 33, 20–53 [published in 2007].
Epstein, Samuel David, Erich Groat, Ruriko Kawashima, and Hisatsugu Kitahara (1998). A derivational approach to syntactic relations. Oxford University Press.
Epstein, Samuel David, Hisatsugu Kitahara, and T. Daniel Seely (2010). Uninterpretable features: What are they and what do they do? In M. Putnam (ed.), Exploring crash-proof grammars (Language Faculty and Beyond), 125–142. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Co.
Epstein, S. D., H. Kitahara, and T. D. Seely (to appear a). Structure building that can’t be. In V. Valmala and M. Uribe-Etxebarria (eds.), Ways of structure building.
Epstein, S. D., H. Kitahara, and T. D. Seely (to appear b). Derivations. In C. Boeckx (ed.), Handbook of Minimalism. Oxford University Press.
Epstein, Samuel and T. Daniel Seely (2002a). Introduction. In S. D. Epstein and T. D. Seely (eds.), Derivation and explanation in the Minimalist Program, 1–18. Oxford/New York: Blackwell.
Epstein, Samuel and T. Daniel Seely (2002b). Rule application as cycles in a level-free syntax. In S. D. Epstein and T. D. Seely (eds.), Derivation and explanation in the Minimalist Program, 65–89. Oxford/New York: Blackwell.
Epstein, Samuel and T. Daniel Seely (2006). Derivations in Minimalism. Cambridge University Press.
Ernst, Thomas (1992). The phrase structure of English negation. The Linguistic Review 9, 109–144.
Ernst, T. (1998). Scope based adjunct licensing. In P. Tamanji and K. Kusomoto (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 28, 127–142. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Ernst, T. (2002). The syntax of adjuncts. Cambridge University Press.
Ernst, T. (2007). On the role of semantics in a theory of adverb syntax. Lingua 117, 1008–1033.
Ernst, T. (2009). Speaker oriented adverbs. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 27, 497–544.
Erteschik-Shir, Nomi (1973). On the nature of island constraints. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Erteschik-Shir, Nomi (2005). The sound patterns of syntax: The case of object shift. Theoretical Linguistics 31, 47–94.
Erteschik-Shir, Nomi (2007). Information structure: The syntax-discourse interface. Oxford University Press.
Etxepare, Ricardo (2006). Number long distance agreement in (substandard) Basque. Unpublished ms., CNRS-IKER.
Evans, F. (1988). Binding into anaphoric verb phrases. In J. Powers and K. de Jong (eds.), 5th ESCOL Proceedings, 122–129. Columbus: Ohio State University.
Evans, Gareth (1980). Pronouns. Linguistic Inquiry 11, 337–362.
Evans, Nicholas (1995). A grammar of Kayardild. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Evans, Nicholas and Stephen C. Levinson (2009). The myth of language universals: Language diversity and its importance for cognitive science. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 32, 429–492.
Everaert, Martin (1986). The syntax of reflexivization. Dordrecht: Foris.
Everaert, Martin (1991). Contextual determination of the anaphor/pronominal distinction. In J. Koster and E. Reuland (eds.), Long distance anaphora, 77–118. Cambridge University Press.
Everaert, Martin (2000). Types of anaphoric expressions: Reflexives and reciprocals. In Z. Frajzyngier and T. S. Curl (eds.), Reciprocals: Forms and functions, 63–84. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Everaert, Martin, Henk van Riemsdijk, Rob Goedemans, and Bart Hollebrandse (eds.) (2006). The Blackwell companion to syntax, vols. I–V. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
Fabb, Nigel (1984). Syntactic affixation. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Fábregas, Antonio (2007). The internal structure of relational adjectives. Probus 19, 135–170.
Falaus, Anamaria (2009). Polarity items and dependent indefinites in Romanian. PhD dissertation, University of Nantes.
Falk, Yehuda (2001). Lexical-Functional Grammar: An introduction to parallel constraint-based syntax. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Faltz, Leonard (1985). Reflexivization: A study in universal syntax. New York: Garland Publishing.
Fang, Ji and Peter Sells (2007). A formal analysis of the verb copy construction in Chinese. In M. Butt and T. H. King (eds.), Proceedings of the LFG07 Conference, 198–213. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Fanselow, Gisbert (2006). Partial wh movement. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. III, 437–492.
Fanselow, Gisbert (2007). The restricted access of information structure to syntax: A minority report. In C. Féry, G. Fanselow, and M. Krifka (eds.), The notions of information structure (Working Papers of the SFB632 no. 6: Interdisciplinary Studies on Information Structure (ISIS)), 205–220. Universitätsverlag Potsdam.
Fanselow, Gisbert and Anoop Mahajan (2000). Towards a Minimalist theory of wh-expletives, wh-copying, and successive cyclicity. In Lutz, Müller, and von Stechow (2000), 195–230.
Faraci, Robert (1970). On the deep question of pseudo-clefts. Unpublished ms., MIT.
Farkas, Donka F. (1981). Quantifier scope and syntactic islands. In Roberta Hendrick, Carrie Masek, and Mary F. Miller (eds.), Papers from the Seventeenth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, 59–66. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.
Farkas, Donka F. (1988). On obligatory control. Linguistics and Philosophy 11, 27–58.
Farmer, Ann (1984). Modularity in syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Farmer, Ann and Robert Harnish (1987). Communicative reference with pronouns. In J. Verschueren and M. Berucelli-Papi (eds.), The pragmatic perspective, 547–565. Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Faroqi-Shah, Yasmeen and Michael Walsh Dickey (2009). On-line processing of tense and temporality in agrammatic aphasia. Brain and Language 108, 97–111.
Fassi Fehri, Abdelkader (1993). Issues in the structure of Arabic clauses and words. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Fauconnier, Gilles (1979). Implication reversal in a natural language. In F. Guenther and S. J. Schmidt (eds.), Formal semantics and pragmatics for natural languages, 289–301. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Federmeier, Kara and Marta Kutas (1999). A rose by any other name: Long-term memory structure and sentence processing. Journal of Memory and Language 41, 469–495.
Fedorenko, Evelina and Nancy Kanwisher (2009). Neuroimaging of language: Why hasn’t a clearer picture emerged? Language and Linguistics Compass 3, 839–865.
Feldhausen, Ingo (2008). The prosody–syntax interface in Catalan. PhD dissertation, University of Potsdam.
Felser, Claudia (1998). Perception and control: A Minimalist analysis of English direct perception complements. Journal of Linguistics 34, 351–385.
Felser, Claudia (2004). Wh-copying, phases and successive cyclicity. Lingua 114, 543–574.
Felser, Claudia, Harald Clahsen, and Thomas Münte (2003). Storage and integration in the processing of filler–gap dependencies: An ERP study of topicalization and wh-movement in German. Brain and Language 87, 345–354.
Fernald, Theodore and Ellavina Perkins (2007). Negative polarity Items in Navajo. In S. Tuttle (ed.), Athabaskan languages conference papers (Alaska Native Language Center Working Papers 7), 19–48.
Féry, Caroline and Vieri Samek-Lodovici (2006). Focus projection and prosodic prominence in nested foci. Language 82(1): 131–150.
Féry, Caroline and Wolfgang Sternefeld (eds.) (2001). Audiatur vox sapientiae: A festschrift for Arnim von Stechow (Studia Grammatica no. 52). Berlin: Akademie Verlag.
Fiebach, Christian, Matthias Schlesewsky, and Angela Friederici (2002). Separating syntactic memory costs and syntactic integration costs during parsing: The processing of German wh-questions. Journal of Memory and Language 47, 250–272.
Fiebach, Christian, Matthias Schlesewsky, Gabriele Lohmann, D. Yves von Cramon, and Angela Friederici (2005). Revisiting the role of Broca’s area in sentence processing: Syntactic integration versus syntactic working memory. Human Brain Mapping 24, 79–91.
Fiengo, Robert (1974). Semantic conditions on surface structure. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Fiengo, Robert (1977). On trace theory. Linguistic Inquiry 8, 35–62.
Fiengo, Robert and Robert May (1994). Indices and identity. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Fillmore, Charles J. (1963). The position of embedding transformations in a grammar. Word 19, 208–231.
Fillmore, Charles J. (1968). The case for case. In E. Bach and R. T. Harms (eds.), Universals in linguistic theory, 1–88. New York: Holt, Rinehart.
Fillmore, Charles J., Paul Kay, and Mary Catherine O’Connor (1988). Regularity and idiomaticity in grammatical constructions: The case of ‘let alone’. Language 64, 501–538.
Fintel, Kai von (1999). NPI-licensing, Strawson-entailment, and context-dependency. Journal of Semantics 16, 97–148.
Fintel, Kai von and Sabine Iatridou (2003). Epistemic containment. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 173–198.
Fintel, Kai von and Sabine Iatridou (2007). Anatomy of a modal construction. Linguistic Inquiry 38, 445–483.
Fischer, Silke (2004). Optimal binding. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 22, 481–526.
Fischler, Ira, Paul Bloom, Donald Childers, Salim Roucos, and Nathan Perry Jr (1983). Brain potentials related to stages of sentence verification. Psychophysiology 20, 400–409.
Fitzpatrick, Justin (2002). On Minimalist approaches to the locality of movement. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 443–466.
Fitzpatrick, Justin (2006). The syntactic and semantic roots of floating quantifiers. PhD thesis, MIT.
Fleischman, Suzanne (1982). The future in thought and language: Diachronic evidence from Romance. Cambridge University Press.
Flikweert, Margriet (1994). Wat hoor-ik-te jou zeggen? Over het verschijnen van een pronomen tussen werkwoordstam en flexie-morfeem, in kindertaal en enkele Nederlandse dialecten. MA thesis, Utrecht University.
Fodor, Janet Dean (1998). Unambiguous triggers. Linguistic Inquiry 29, 1–36.
Fodor, Janet Dean (2001). Setting syntactic parameters. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 730–767.
Fodor, Janet Dean and Stephen Crain (1990). Phrase structure parameters. Linguistics and Philosophy 13, 619–659.
Fodor, Janet Dean and Lyn Frazier (1980). Is the human sentence parsing mechanism in ATN? Cognition 8, 417–459.
Fodor, Janet Dean and Ivan Sag (1982). Referential and quantificational indefinites. Linguistics and Philosophy 5, 355–398.
Fodor, Janet Dean and William G. Sakas (2005). The subset principle in syntax: Costs of compliance. Journal of Linguistics 41, 513–569.
Foley, William and Robert van Valin (1984). Functional syntax and Universal Grammar. Cambridge University Press.
Folli, Raffaella (2001). On the relation of priority between causative and inchoative constructions. In Y. d’Hulst, J. Rooryck, and J. Schroten (eds.), Romance languages and modern linguistic theory 1999, 143–166. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Folli, R. (2003). Deriving telicity in English and Italian. PhD thesis, Oxford University.
Folli, Raffaella and Heidi Harley (2004). Flavors of v: Consuming results in Italian and English. In R. Slabakova and P. Kempchinsky (eds.), Aspectual inquiries, 95–120. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Fortson, Benjamin W., IV (2004). Indo-European language and culture: An introduction. Oxford: Blackwell.
Fox, Danny (1995). Economy and scope. Natural Language Semantics 3, 283–341.
Fox, Danny (2000). Economy and semantic interpretation. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Fox, Danny (2002). Antecedent contained deletion and the copy theory of movement. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 63–96.
Fox, Danny (2003). On logical form. In R. Hendrick (ed.), Minimalist syntax, 82–123. Oxford: Blackwell.
Fox, Danny and Howard Lasnik (2003). Successive-cyclic movement and island repair: The difference between sluicing and VP-ellipsis. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 143–154.
Fox, Danny and David Pesetsky (2005). Cyclic linearization of syntactic structure. Theoretical Linguistics 31, 1–46.
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2000a). Domains of point of view and coreferentiality. In Frajzyngier and Curl (2000a), 125–152.
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2000b). Coding the reciprocal function. In Frajzyngier and Curl (2000b), 179–194.
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt and Tracy S. Curl (eds.) (2000a). Reflexives: Forms and functions (Typological Studies in Language 40). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins.
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt and Tracy S., (eds.) (2000b). Reciprocals: Forms and functions (Typological Studies in Language 41). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins.
Franchi, Elisa (2004). L’acquisizione dei verbi funzionali in italiano infantile. Rivista di Grammatical Generativa 29, 85–124.
Franck, Julie, Glenda Lassi, Ulrich Frauenfelder, and Luigi Rizzi (2006). Agreement and movement: A syntactic analysis of attraction. Cognition 101, 173–216.
Frank, Robert (2002). Phrase structure composition and syntactic dependencies. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Frank, Robert (2004). Restricting grammatical complexity. Cognitive Science 28, 669–697.
Frank, Robert (2006). Phase theory and tree adjoining grammar. Lingua 116, 145–202.
Frank, Robert (2010). Lexicalized syntax and phonological merge. In S. Bangalore and A. K. Joshi (eds.), Supertagging: Using complex lexical descriptions in natural language processing, 373–405. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Franks, Steven (1998). Clitics in Slavic. Paper presented at the Comparative Slavic Morphosyntax Workshop, Spencer Creek, Indiana, June 1998.
Franks, Steven and Željko Bošković (2001). An argument for multiple spell-out. Linguistic Inquiry 32, 174–183.
Frascarelli, Mara (2000). The syntax–phonology interface in focus and topic constructions in Italian. (Studies in Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 50). Dordrecht/Boston/London: Kluwer.
Frascarelli, Mara and Roland Hinterhölzl (2007). Types of topics in German and Italian. In S. Winkler and K. Schwabe (eds.), On information structure, meaning and form, 87–116. Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Fraser, Norman (1994). Dependency grammar. In R. E. Asher (ed.), The Encyclopedia of language and linguistics, 860–864. Oxford: Pergamon Press.
Frazier, Lyn (1978). On comprehending sentences: Syntactic parsing strategies. PhD dissertation, University of Connecticut.
Frazier, Lyn (1987). Sentence processing: A tutorial review. In M. Coltheart (ed.), Attention and performance XII: The psychology of reading, 559–586. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Frazier, Lyn (1990). Exploring the architecture of the language processing system. In G. T. M. Altmann (ed.), Cognitive models of speech processing, 409–433. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Frazier, Lyn (2008). Processing ellipsis: A processing solution to the undergeneration problem? In C. B. Chang and H. J. Haynie (eds.), Proceedings of the 26th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, 21–32. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.
Frazier, Lyn and Janet Dean Fodor (1978). The sausage machine: A new two-stage parsing model. Cognition 6, 291–325.
Frazier, Lyn and Keith Rayner (1982). Making and correcting errors during sentence comprehension: Eye movements in the analysis of structurally ambiguous sentences. Cognitive Psychology 14, 178–210.
Freidin, Robert (1978). Cyclicity and the theory of grammar. Linguistic Inquiry 9, 519–549.
Freidin, Robert (1999). Cyclicity and Minimalism. In S. D. Epstein and N. Hornstein (eds.), Working Minimalism, 95–126. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Freidin, Robert and Howard Lasnik (1981). Disjoint reference and wh-trace. Linguistic Inquiry 12, 39–53.
Friederici, Angela (1995). The time course of syntactic activation during language processing: A model based on neuropsychological and neurophysiological data. Brain and Language 50, 259–281.
Friederici, A. D. (2002). Towards a neural basis of auditory sentence processing. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6, 78–84.
Friederici, A. D. (2009). Pathways to language: Fiber tracts in the human brain. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 13, 175–181.
Friederici, Angela, Jörg Bahlmann, Stefan Heim, Ricarda Schubotz, and Alfred Anwander (2006a). The brain differentiates human and non-human grammars: Functional localization and structural connectivity. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 103, 2458–2463.
Friederici, Angela, Christian Fiebach, Martin Schlesewsky, Ina Bornkessel, and D. Yves von Cramon (2006b). Processing linguistic complexity and grammaticality in the left frontal cortex. Cerebral Cortex 16, 1709–1717.
Friederici, Angela and Stefan Frisch (2000). Verb argument structure processing: The role of verb-specific and argument-specific information. Journal of Memory and Language 43, 476–507.
Friederici, Angela, Thomas Gunter, Anja Hahne, and K. Mauth (2004). The relative timing of syntactic and semantic processes in sentence comprehension. NeuroReport 15, 165–169.
Friederici, Angela, Anja Hahne, and Axel Mecklinger (1996). Temporal structure of syntactic parsing: Early and late event-related brain potential effects. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 22, 1219–1248.
Friederici, Angela and Sonja Kotz (2003). The brain basis of syntactic processes: Functional imaging and lesion studies. NeuroImage 20, S8–S17.
Friederici, Angela, Martin Meyer, and D. Yves von Cramon (2000). Auditory language comprehension: An event-related fMRI study on the processing of syntactic and lexical information. Brain and Language 74, 289–300.
Friederici, Angela, Erdmut Pfeifer, and Anja Hahne (1993). Event-related brain potentials during natural speech processing: Effects of semantic, morphological and syntactic violations. Cognitive Brain Research 1, 183–192.
Friederici, Angela, Shirley-Ann Rüschemeyer, Anja Hahne, and Christian Fiebach (2003). The role of left inferior frontal and superior temporal cortex in sentence comprehension: Localizing syntactic and semantic processes. Cerebral Cortex 13, 170–177.
Fries, Charles C. (1952). The structure of English: An introduction to the construction of English sentences. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World.
Frisch, Stefan, Martin Schlesewsky, Douglas Saddy, and Annegret Alpermann (2002). The p600 as an indicator of syntactic ambiguity. Cognition 85, B83–B92.
Frishberg, Nancy (1972). Navajo object markers and the great chain of being. In J. P. Kimball (ed.), Syntax and semantics, Vol. 1, 259–266. New York: Academic Press.
Fromkin, Victoria A. et al. (2000). Linguistics: An introduction to linguistic theory. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Frota, Sónia (1998). Prosody and focus in European Portuguese. PhD thesis, University of Lisbon. Published by Garland, New York, 2000.
Fry, D. B. (1955). Duration and intensity as physical correlates of linguistic stress. Journal of the American Acoustic Association 27, 765–769.
Fry, D. B. (1958). Experiments in the perception of stress. Language and Speech 1, 205–213.
Fuchs, Anna (1976). Normaler und kontrastiver Akzent. Lingua 38, 293–312.
Fuchs, Anna (1984). ‘Deaccenting’ and ‘default’ accent. In Gibbon and Richter (1984), 134–164.
Fukaya, Teruhiko (2002). Sluicing and stripping in Japanese. Unpublished ms., University of Southern California.
Fukaya, Teruhiko (2007). Sluicing and stripping in Japanese and some implications. PhD dissertation, USC.
Fukaya, Teruhiko and Hajime Hoji (1999). Stripping and sluicing in Japanese and some implications. In S. Bird, A. Carnie, J. Haugen, and P. Norquest (eds.), Proceedings of the 18th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, 145–158. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
Fukuda, Minoru (1991). A movement approach to multiple subject constructions in Japanese. Journal of Japanese Linguistics 13, 21–51.
Fukuda, Shin (2008). Backward control. Language and Linguistic Compass 2, 168–195.
Fukui, Naoki (1986). A theory of category projection and its applications. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Fukui, Naoki (1988). Deriving the differences between English and Japanese. English Linguistics 5, 249–270.
Fukui, Naoki (1993). Parameters and optionality. Linguistic Inquiry 24, 399–420.
Fukui, Naoki (1995). Theory of projection in syntax. Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information.
Fukui, Naoki (2001). Phrase structure. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 374–406.
Fukui, Naoki and Margaret Speas (1986). Specifiers and projection. In N. Fukui, T. Rappaport, and E. Sagey (eds.), MIT Working Papers in Linguistics: Papers in Theoretical Linguistics 8, 128–172.
Furuya, Kaori (2008). The DP hypothesis through the lens of Japanese nominal collocation constructions. PhD dissertation, CUNY.
Gallego, Ángel (2005). Phase sliding. Unpublishing ms., Universitat Autónoma de Barcelona.
Gallego, Ángel and Juan Uriagereka (2006). Sub-extraction from subjects: A phase theory account. Unpublished ms., Universitat Autónoma de Barcelona and University of Maryland.
Garbacz, Piotr (2010). Word order in Övdalian. A study in variation and change. PhD dissertation, Lund University.
Garnsey, Susan, Michael Tanenhaus, and Robert Chapman (1989). Evoked potentials and the study of sentence comprehension. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 18, 51–60.
Gast, Volker (2006). The grammar of identity. London: Routledge.
Gazdar, Gerald (1981). Unbounded dependencies and coordinate structure. Linguistic Inquiry 12, 155–184.
Gazdar, Gerald, Ewan Klein, Geoffrey K. Pullum, and Ivan A. Sag (1985). Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar. Oxford: Basil Blackwell; Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Gazdar, Gerald and Geoffrey K. Pullum (1981). Subcategorization, constituent order, and the notion ‘Head’. In M. Moortgat, H. van der Hulst, and T. Hoekstra (eds.), The scope of lexical rules, 107–123. Dordrecht: Foris.
Gazdar, Gerald, Geoffrey K. Pullum, and Ivan A. Sag (1982a). Auxiliaries and related phenomena in a restrictive theory of grammar. Language 58, 591–638.
Gazdar, Gerald, Geoffrey K. Pullum, Ivan A. Sag, and Thomas Wasow (1982b). Coordination and transformational grammar. Linguistic Inquiry 13, 663–676.
Gee, James Paul (1977). Comments on the paper by Akmajian. In P. Culicover, T. Wasow, and A. Akmajian (eds.), Formal syntax, 461–482. New York: Academic Press.
Gelderen, Elly van (2000a). A history of English reflexive pronouns (Linguistik Aktuell 39). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins.
Gelderen, Elly van (2000b). Bound pronouns and non-local anaphors. In Frajzyngier and Curl (2000a), 187–225.
Gelderen, Elly van (2009). Cyclical change. Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Gengel, Kirsten (2007). Focus and ellipsis: A generative analysis of pseudogapping and other elliptical structures. PhD dissertation, University of Stuttgart.
Geniušiene, Emma (1987). The typology of reflexives. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
George, Leland Maurice (1980). Analogical generalization in natural language syntax. PhD dissertation, MIT.
George, Leland Maurice and Jaklin Kornfilt (1981). Finiteness and boundedness in Turkish. In F. Heny (ed.), Binding and filtering, 105–129. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Gerassimova, Veronica (2005). Unbounded dependency constructions in Western Austronesian. PhD dissertation, Stanford University.
Gergel, Remus (2009). Modality and ellipsis. Diachronic and synchronic evidence. Berlin: Mouton.
Gerken, LouAnn and Thomas G. Bever (1986). Linguistic intuitions are the result of interactions between perceptual processes and linguistic universals. Cognitive Science 10, 457–476.
Ghomeshi, Jila (1997). Non-projecting nouns and the ezafe: construction in Persian. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 15, 729–788.
Ghomeshi, Jila (2001). Control and thematic agreement. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 46, 9–40.
Giannakidou, Anastasia (1997). The landscape of polarity items. PhD dissertation, University of Groningen.
Giannakidou, Anastasia (1999). Affective dependencies. Linguistics and Philosophy 22, 367–421.
Giannakidou, Anastasia (2000). Negative . . . concord? Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 18, 457–523.
Giannakidou, Anastasia (2001). The meaning of free choice. Linguistics and Philosophy 24, 659–735.
Giannakidou, Anastasia (2006a). Only, emotive factive verbs, and the dual nature of polarity dependency. Language 82, 575–603.
Giannakidou, Anastasia (2006b). N-words and negative concord. In M. Everaert, H. van Riemsdijk, and R. Goedemans (eds.), The linguistics companion, Vol. 3, 327–391. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.
Giannakidou, Anastasia (2007). The landscape of EVEN. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 25, 39–81.
Giannakidou, Anastasia (2010). The dynamics of change in Dutch: From non-veridicality to strong negative polarity. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 28, 561–875.
Giannakidou, Anastasia (2011). Negative and positive polarity items. In K. von Heusinger, C. Maienborn, and P. Portner (eds.), Semantics: An international handbook of natural language meaning, vol. 2, 1660–1712. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Giannakidou, Anastasia and Lisa Lai-Shen Cheng (2006). (In)definiteness, polarity, and the role of wh morphology in free choice. Journal of Semantics 23, 135–183.
Giannakidou, Anastasia and Josep Quer (1997). Long distance licensing of negative indefinites. In D. Forget, P. Hirschbühler, F. Martineau, and M.-L. Rivero (eds). Negation and polarity, syntax and semantics, 95–113. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Giannakidou, Anastasia and Melita Stavrou (1999). Nominalization and ellipsis in the Greek DP. The Linguistic Review 16, 295–331.
Giannakidou, Anastasia and Suwon Yoon (2010). No NPI-licensing in comparatives. Proceedings of CLS 2010.
Gianollo, Chiara, Cristina Guardiano, and Giuseppe Longobardi (2008). Three fundamental issues in parametric linguistics. In Biberauer (2008b), 109–142.
Gibbon, Dafydd and Helmut Richter (1984). Intonation, accent and rhythm: Studies in discourse phonology. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
Gibson, Edward (1998). Linguistic complexity: Locality of syntactic dependencies. Cognition 68, 1–76.
Gibson, Edward and Evelina Fedorenko (2010a). Weak quantitative standards in linguistic research. Trends in Cognitive Science 14, 233–234.
Gibson, Edward and Evelina Fedorenko (2010b). The need for quantitative methods in syntax and semantics research. Language and Cognitive Processes 1–37.
Gibson, Edward and Kenneth Wexler (1994). Triggers. Linguistic Inquiry 25, 355–407.
Giegerich, Heinz J. (1992). English phonology. Cambridge University Press.
Gilligan, Gary M. (1987). A cross-linguistic approach to the pro-drop parameter. PhD dissertation, University of Southern California.
Ginzburg, Jonathan and Ivan A. Sag (2000). Interrogative investigations: The form, meaning, and use of English interrogatives. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Giorgi, Alessandra (2007). On the nature of long distance anaphors. Linguistic Inquiry 38, 321–342.
Giorgi, Alessandra (2010). About the speaker: Towards a syntax of indexicality. Oxford University Press.
Giorgi, Allesandra and Giuseppe Longobardi (1991). The syntax of noun phrases: Configuration, parameters and empty categories. Cambridge University Press.
Giorgi, Alessandra and Fabio Pianesi (1991). Toward a syntax of temporal representations. Probus 3, 1–27.
Giorgi, Alessandra and Fabio Pianesi (1997). Tense and aspect: From semantics to morphosyntax. Oxford University Press.
Giorgi, Alessandra and Fabio Pianesi (2000). Sequence of tense phenomena in Italian: A morphosyntactic analysis. Probus 12, 1–32.
Giusti, Giuliana (1991). The categorial status of quantified nominals. Linguistische Berichte 136, 438–452.
Giusti, Giuliana (1994). Enclitic article and double definiteness: A comparative analysis of nominal structure in Romance and Germanic. The Linguistic Review 11, 241–255.
Giusti, Giuliana (1996). Is there a FocusP and a TopicP in the noun phrase structure? University of Venice Working Papers in Linguistics 6, 105–128.
Giusti, Giuliana (1997). The categorial status of determiners. In L. Haegeman (ed.), The new comparative syntax, 95–123. London: Longman.
Giusti, Giuliana (2002). The functional structure of Noun Phrases: A bare phrase structure approach. In Cinque (2002), 54–90.
Giusti, Giuliana (2006). Parallels in clausal and nominal periphery. In M. Frascarelli (ed.), Phases of interpretation (Studies in Generative Grammar 91), 163–184. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Gleason, Henry Allan (1955). An introduction to descriptive linguistics. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. [Second revised edition (1961).]
Gleason, Henry Allan (1965). Linguistics and English grammar. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Göbbel, Edward (2007). Extraposition as PF movement. In E. Bainbridge and B. Agbayani (eds.), Proceedings of the Thirty-fourth Western Conference on Linguistics, 132–145.
Godard, Danièle (1992). Extraction out of NP in French. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 10, 233–277.
Goh, Gwang-Yoon (2000a). Is the tough subject thematic? Paper presented at the annual meeting of the LSA, Chicago, IL.
Goh, Gwang-Yoon (2000b). Pragmatics of the English tough construction. In M. Hirotani, A. Coetzee, N. Hall, and J.-Y. Kim (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 30, 219–230. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts, Graduate Linguistic Student Association.
Gold, Brian T., David A. Balota, Sara J. Jones, David K. Powell, Charles D. Smith, and Anders H. Andersen (2006). Dissociation of automatic and strategic lexical-semantics: Functional magnetic resonance imaging evidence for differing roles of multiple frontotemporal regions. Journal of Neuroscience 26, 6523–6532.
Goldberg, Adele (1995). Constructions. A Construction Grammar approach to argument structure (Cognitive Theory of Language and Culture Series). University of Chicago Press.
Goldberg, Adele (2003). Constructions: A new theoretical approach to language. Trends in Cognitive Science 7, 219–224.
Goldberg, Adele (2006). Constructions at work: The nature of generalization in language. Oxford University Press.
Goldberg, Adele and Ray Jackendoff (2004). The English resultative as a family of constructions. Language 80, 532–568.
Goldberg, Lotus (2005). Verb-stranding VP ellipsis: A cross-linguistic study. PhD dissertation, McGill University.
Goldsmith, John A. (1985). A principled exception to the coordinate structure constraint. Papers from the Twenty-first Annual Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society 21, 133–143.
Gonzalez, Nora (1988). Object raising in Spanish. New York: Garland.
Goro, Takuya (2004). The emergence of Universal Grammar in the emergence of language: The acquisition of Japanese logical connectives and positive polarity. Unpublished ms, University of Maryland at College Park.
Goro, Takuya and Sachie Akiba (2004a). The acquisition of disjunction and positive polarity in Japanese. In V. Chand, A. Kelleher, A. Rodríguez and B. Schmeiser (eds.), WCCFL 23, 251–264. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
Goro, T. and S. Akiba (2004b). Japanese disjunction and the acquisition of positive polarity. In Y. Otsu (ed.), Proceedings of the 5th Tokyo Conference on Psycholinguistics (TCP), 243–254. Tokyo: Hituzi Syobo.
Gouskova, Maria (2003). Deriving economy: Syncope in Optimality Theory. PhD dissertation, Graduate Linguistics Student Association, University of Massachusetts, Amherst. [Rutgers Optimality Archive #610.]
Green, Georgia (1974). Semantics and syntactic regularity. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.
Greenberg, Joseph H. (1963). Some universals of grammar with special reference to the order of meaningful elements. In J. H. Greenberg (ed.), Universals of language, 73–113. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Grewe, Tanya, Ina Bornkessel, Stefan Zysset, Richard Wiese, D. Yves von Cramon, and Matthias Schlesewsky (2005). The emergence of the unmarked: A new perspective on the language-specific function of Broca’s area. Human Brain Mapping 26, 178–190.
Grewe, T., I. Bornkessel, S. Zysset, R. Wiese, D. Y. von Cramon, and M. Schlesewsky (2006). Linguistic prominence and Broca’s area: The influence of animacy as a linearization principle. NeuroImage 32, 1395–1402.
Grewendorf, Günther (2002). Left dislocation as movement. In S. Manck and J. Mittelstaedt (eds.), Georgetown University Working Papers in Theoretical Linguistics, 31–81. Washington, DC.
Gribanova, Vera (2009). Prefixation, verb phrase ellipsis and the structure of the Russian verbal complex. Unpublished ms., UCSC.
Grice, Paul (1989). Studies in the way of words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Grimshaw, Jane (1979). Complement selection and the lexicon. Linguistic Inquiry 10, 270–326.
Grimshaw, Jane (1981). Form, function and the language acquisition device. In C. L. Baker and J. J. McCarthy (eds.), The logical problem of language acquisition, 165–182. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Grimshaw, Jane (1990). Argument structure. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Grimshaw, Jane (1991). Extended projection. Unpublished manuscript, Brandeis University, Waltham, MA. [Published in Grimshaw (2005), 1–73.]
Grimshaw, Jane (1997). Projection, heads, and optimality. Linguistic Inquiry 28, 373–422.
Grimshaw, Jane (2000). Locality and extended projection. In P. Coopmans, M. Everaert, and J. Grimshaw (eds.), Lexical specification and insertion, 115–133. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Grimshaw, Jane (2005). Words and structure. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Grimshaw, Jane and Sara T. Rosen (1990). Knowledge and obedience: The developmental status of the binding theory. Linguistic Inquiry 21, 187–222.
Grimshaw, Jane and Sten Vikner (1992). Obligatory adjuncts and the structure of events. In E. Reuland and W. Abraham (eds.), Knowledge and language, Vol. 2 Lexical and conceptual structure, 145–159. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Grindrod, C. M., N. Y. Bilenko, E. B. Myers, and S. E. Blumstein (2008). The role of the left inferior frontal gyrus in implicit semantic competition and selection: An event-related fMRI study. Brain Research 1229, 167–178.
Groat, Erich and John O’Neil (1996). Spell-out at the LF interface. In W. Abraham, S. D. Epstein, and H. Thráinsson (eds.), Minimal ideas. Syntactic studies in the Minimalist framework, 113–139. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Grodzinsky, Yosef (1986). Language deficits and the theory of syntax. Brain and Language 27, 135–159.
Grodzinsky, Yosef (2010). The picture of the linguistic brain: How sharp can it be? Reply to Fedorenko & Kanwisher. Language and Linguistics Compass 4, 605–622.
Grodzinsky, Yosef and Angela Friederici (2006). Neuroimaging of syntax and syntactic processing. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 16, 240–246.
Grodzinsky, Yosef and Tanya Reinhart (1993). The innateness of binding and coreference. Linguistic Inquiry 24, 69–102.
Grodzinsky, Yosef and Andrea Santi (2008). The battle for Broca’s region. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 12, 474–480.
Groenendijk, Jeroen and Martin Stokhof (1984). Studies on the semantics of questions and the pragmatics of answers. Amsterdam: Juriaans.
Grohmann, Kleanthes (2003). Prolific domains. On the anti-locality of movement dependencies. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Grosu, Alex (1988). On the distribution of genitive phrases in Roumanian. Linguistics 26, 931–949.
Grosz, Patrick and Pritty Patel (2006). Long distance agreement and restructuring predicates in Kutchi Gujarati. Unpublished ms., MIT.
Gruber, Jeffrey (1965). Studies in lexical relations. PhD thesis, MIT, Department of Modern Languages.
Guasti, Maria Teresa (1993). Causative and perception verbs: A comparative study. Turin: Rosenberg & Sellier.
Guasti, Maria Teresa (2002). Language acquisition: The growth of grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Guasti, Maria Teresa and Luigi Rizzi (2002). On the distinction between T and Agr : Evidence from acquisition. In Cinque (2002).
Guéron, Jacqueline (1992). Types syntaxiques et types sémantiques: la phrase copulative comme palimpseste. Revue québécoise de linguistique 22, 77–115.
Guéron, Jacqueline (1993). Beyond predication: The inverse copula construction in English. Unpublished ms., Université Paris X – Nanterre.
Guéron, Jacqueline (2004). Tense construal and auxiliaries. In Guéron and Lecarme (2004), 299–328.
Guéron, Jacqueline (2008). On the difference between telicity and perfectivity. Lingua 18, 1816–1840.
Guéron, Jacqueline and Teun Hoekstra (1988). T-Chains and the constituent structure of auxiliaries. In A. Cardinaletti, G. Cinque, and G. Guisti (eds.), Proceedings of the GLOW Conference 1987, 35–100. Dordrecht: Foris.
Guéron, Jacqueline and Jacqueline Lecarme (eds.) (2004). The syntax of time. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Guéron, Jacqueline and Jacqueline Lecarme, (eds.) (2008). Time and modality. Dordrecht: Springer.
Gundel, Jeanette (1974/1989). The role of topic and comment in linguistic theory. PhD dissertation, University of Texas at Austin [published by Garland in 1989].
Gunter, Thomas, Laurie Stowe, and Gusbertus Mulder (1997). When syntax meets semantics. Psychophysiology 34, 660–676.
Gussenhoven, Carlos (1983). Focus, mode, and the nucleus. Journal of Linguistics 19: 377–417. [Reprinted as Chapter 1 in Gussenhoven (1984).]
Gussenhoven, Carlos (1984). On the grammar and semantics of sentence accents. Dordrecht: Foris.
Gutierrez, J. (2004). Non-adult questions in the acquisition of L1 Spanish long-distance wh-questions. A longitudinal investigation. Paper presented at The Romance Turn, Workshop on the Acquisition of Romance Languages, Madrid, September 2004.
Haddad, Youssef A. (2009a). Copy control in Telugu. Journal of Linguistics 45, 69–109.
Haddad, Youssef A. (2009b). Adjunct control in Telugu: Exceptions as non-exceptions. Journal of South Asian Linguistics 2, 35–51.
Haddad, Youssef A. (2010). Raising in Standard Arabic: Forward, backward, and none. Unpublished ms., University of Florida.
Haddad, Youssef A. (2011). Control into conjunctive participle clauses: The case of Assamese. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Haddican, William (2007). The structural deficiency of verbal pro-forms. Linguistic Inquiry 38, 539–547.
Haegeman, Liliane (1992). Theory and description in generative grammar: A case study in West-Flemish. Cambridge University Press.
Haegeman, Liliane (1994). An introduction to Government-Binding Theory. Oxford: Blackwell.
Haegeman, Liliane (1995). The syntax of negation (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics 75). Cambridge University Press.
Haegeman, Liliane (1997a). The syntax of N-words and the Neg Criterion. In D. Forget, P. Hirschbühler, F. Martineau, and M.-L. Rivero (eds.), Negation and polarity: Syntax and semantics, 115–137. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Haegeman, Liliane (ed.) (1997b). Elements of grammar: Handbook in generative syntax. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Haegeman, Liliane (2006). Conditionals, factives and the left periphery. Lingua 116, 1651–1669.
Haegeman, Liliane (2010). Adverbial clauses, main clause phenomena, and the composition of the left periphery. Unpublished ms., University of Gent.
Haegeman, Liliane and Terje Lohndal (2010). Negative concord and (multiple) agree: A case study of West Flemish. Linguistic Inquiry 41, 181–212.
Haegeman, Liliane and Henk van Riemsdijk (1986). Verb projection raising, scope and the typology of rules affecting verbs. Linguistic Inquiry 17, 417–466.
Haegeman, Liliane and Raffaella Zanuttini (1991). Negative heads and the neg criterion. The Linguistic Review 8, 233–251.
Haegeman, L. and R. Zanuttini (1996). Negative concord in West Flemish. In A. Belletti and L. Rizzi (eds), Parameters and functional heads. Essays in comparative syntax, 117–179. Oxford University Press.
Hagège, Claude (1974). Les pronoms logophorique. Bulletin de la société de linguistique de Paris 69, 287–310.
Hagoort, Peter (2003a). How the brain solves the binding problem for language: A neurocomputational model of syntactic processing. NeuroImage 20, S18–S29.
Hagoort, P. (2003b). Interplay between syntax and semantics during sentence comprehension: ERP effects of combining syntactic and semantic violations. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 15, 883–899.
Hagoort, P. (2005). On Broca, brain, and binding: A new framework. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 9, 416–423.
Hagoort, P. (2008). The fractionation of spoken language understanding by measuring electrical and magnetic brain signals. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences 363, 1055–1069.
Hagoort, Peter, Colin Brown, and Jolanda Groothusen (1993). The syntactic positive shift (SPS) as an ERP measure of syntactic processing. Language and Cognitive Processes 8, 439–483.
Hagoort, Peter, Marlies Wassenaar, and Colin Brown (2003). Syntax-related ERP-effects in Dutch. Cognitive Brain Research 16, 38–50.
Hahne, Anja and Angela Friederici (1999). Electrophysiological evidence for two steps in syntactic analysis: Early automatic and late controlled processes. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 11, 194–205.
Hahne, A. and A. D. Friederici (2002). Differential task effects on semantic and syntactic processes as revealed by ERPs. Cognitive Brain Research 13, 339–356.
Haider, Hubert (1988). Matching projections. In A. Cardinaletti, G. Cinque, and G. Giusti (eds.), Constituent structure: Papers from the 1987 Glow Conference, 101–121. Dordrecht: Foris.
Haider, Hubert (2000). Adverb placement: Convergence of structure and licensing. Theoretical Linguistics 26, 95–134.
Haïk, Isabelle (1987). Bound VPs that need to be. Linguistics and Philosophy 10, 503–530.
Hajičová, Eva, Barbara Partee, and Petr Sgall (1998). Topic–Focus articulation, tripartite structures, and semantic content. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Hald, Lea, Marcel Bastiaansen, and Peter Hagoort (2006). EEG theta and gamma responses to semantic violations in online sentence processing. Brain and Language 96, 90–105.
Hale, Kenneth L. (1972). A note on subject–object inversion in Navajo. In B. Kachru, R. Lees, Y. Malkiel, A. Pietrangeli, and S. Saporta (eds.), Issues in linguistics: Papers in honor of Henry and Renée Kahane, 300–309. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.
Hale, Kenneth L. (1979). On the position of Walbiri in a typology of the base. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.
Hale, Kenneth L. (1981). On the position of Warlpiri in a typology of the base. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.
Hale, Kenneth L. (1982). Some essential features of Warlpiri verbal clauses. In S. Swartz (ed.), Papers in Warlpiri grammar: In memory of Lothar Jagst (Working Papers of SIL-ABB Series A Volume 6), 217–315. Darwin: Summer Institute of Linguistics.
Hale, Kenneth L. (1983). Warlpiri and the grammar of non-configurational languages. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 1, 5–47.
Hale, Kenneth L. and Samuel Jay Keyser (1987). A view from the middle (Lexicon Project Working Papers 10) Cambridge, MA: Center for Cognitive Science, MIT.
Hale, Kenneth L., and Samuel Jay Keyser (1993). On argument structure and the lexical expression of syntactic relations. In K. Hale and S. J. Keyser (eds.), The view from Building 20: Essays in linguistics in honor of Sylvain Bromberger (Current Studies in Linguistics 24), 53–109. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Hale, Kenneth L., and Samuel Jay Keyser (1997). On the complex nature of simple predicates. In A. Alsina, J. W. Bresnan, and P. Sells (eds.), Complex predicates, 29–65. Stanford CA: CSLI Publications.
Hale, Kenneth L., and Samuel Jay Keyser (2000). On the time of Merge. Unpublished ms, MIT.
Hale, Kenneth L., and Samuel Jay Keyser (2002). Prolegomenon to a theory of argument structure (Linguistic Inquiry Monograph 39). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Halle, Morris (1959). The sound pattern of Russian: A linguistic and acoustical investigation. The Hague: Mouton.
Halle, Morris and Alec Marantz (1993). Distributed morphology and the pieces of inflection. In K. Hale and S. J. Keyser (eds.), The view from Building 20: Essays in linguistics in honor of Sylvain Bromberger, 111–176. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Halle, Morris and Alec Marantz (1994). Some key features of distributed morphology. In A. Carnie and H. Harley (eds.), MITWPL 21: Papers on phonology and morphology, 275–288. Cambridge, MA: MIT Linguistics Department.
Halle, Morris and Jean-Roger Vergnaud (1987). An essay on stress. Cambridge University Press.
Halliday, M. A. K. (1967). Notes on transitivity and theme in English, Part II. Journal of Linguistics 3, 199–244.
Hallmann, Peter (2000). Verb-final as a subcase of Verb-second. M. Hirotani, A. Coetzee, N. Hall, and J.-Y. Kim (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 30, 287–298. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Halpern, Aaron (1992). Topics in the placement and morphology of clitics. PhD dissertation, Stanford (published by CSLI, Stanford, 1995).
Halvorsen, Per-Kristian (1983). Semantics for Lexical-Functional Grammar. Linguistic Inquiry 14, 567–615.
Hamann, Cornelia (2003). Phenomena in French impaired and normal language acquisition and their implications for hypotheses on language development. Probus 15, 91–122.
Hammond, Michael, Edith Moravcsik, and Jessica Wirth (1988). Language typology and linguistic explanation. In M. Hammond, E. Moravcsik, and J. Wirth (eds.), Studies in syntactic typology, 1–24. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Han, Chung-Hye (2001). Force, negation and imperatives. The Linguistic Review 18, 289–325.
Han, Chung-Hye (2007). Pied-piping in relative clauses: Syntax and compositional semantics using synchronous tree adjoining grammar. Research on Language and Computation 5, 457–479.
Hankamer, Jorge (1973). Unacceptable ambiguity. Linguistic Inquiry 4, 17–68.
Hankamer, Jorge (1979). Deletion in coordinate structures. New York: Garland Publishing.
Hankamer, Jorge and Line Mikkelsen (2005). When movement must be blocked: A reply to Embick and Noyer. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 85–125.
Hankamer, Jorge and Ivan A. Sag (1976). Deep and surface anaphora. Linguistic Inquiry 7, 391–428.
Hardt, Daniel (1993). Verb phrase ellipsis: Form, meaning and processing. PhD dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.
Hardt, D. (1999). Dynamic interpretation of verb phrase ellipsis. Linguistics and Philosophy 22, 185–219.
Harley, Heidi (1995). Subjects, events, and licensing. PhD thesis, MIT.
Harley, Heidi (2000). Possession and the double object construction. Unpublished ms., University of Arizona.
Harley, Heidi (2001). Irish, the EPP and PRO. Unpublished ms., University of Arizona.
Harley, Heidi (2005). Bare phrase structure, acategorial roots, one-replacement and unaccusativity. In S. Gorbachov and A. Nevins (eds.), Harvard working papers on linguistics, Vol. 9, 45–63. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Harley, Heidi and Rolf Noyer (1999). State of the article: Distributed morphology. GLOT International 4, 3–9.
Harley, Heidi and Rolf Noyer (2000). Licensing in the non-lexicalist lexicon. In B. Peeters (ed.) The lexicon/encyclopaedia interface, 349–374. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Harley, Heidi and Rolf Noyer (2003). Distributed morphology. In L. Cheng and R. Sybesma (eds.), The second GLOT international state-of-the-article book, 463–496. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Harlow, Stephen (1981). Government and relativization in Celtic. In F. Heny (ed.), Binding and filtering, 213–254. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Harman, Gilbert H. (1963). Generative grammars without transformation rules: A defense of phrase structure. Language 39, 597–616.
Harris, John and Morris Halle (2005). Unexpected plural inflections in Spanish: Reduplication and metathesis. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 195–222.
Harris, Zellig S. (1951). Methods in structural linguistics. University of Chicago Press (Reissued as Structural linguistics).
Harris, Zellig S. (1957). Co-occurrence and transformation in linguistic structure. Language 33, 283–340. [Published version of 1955 LSA Presidential Address; reprinted in Harris (1981), 143–210.]
Harris, Zellig S. (1968). Mathematical structures of language. New York: John Wiley and Sons.
Harris, Zellig S. (1981). Papers in syntax. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Hart, John Jr. and Barry Gordon (1990). Delineation of single-word semantic comprehension deficits in aphasia, with anatomical correlation. Annals of Neurology 27, 226–231.
Hartman, Jeremy (2007). Focus, deletion, and identity: Investigations of ellipsis in English. BA thesis, Harvard University.
Hartman, Jeremy (2009). Intervention in tough-constructions. In S. Lima, K. Mullin, and B. Smith (eds.), Proceedings of Northeastern Linguistic Society 39. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Hartman, Jeremy (2010). The semantic uniformity of traces: Evidence from ellipsis parallelism. Unpublished ms., MIT.
Hartman, Jeremy and Ruixi Ressy Ai (2007). A focus account of swiping. Unpublished ms., Harvard University.
Hartmann, Katharina (2000). Right node raising and gapping: Interface conditions on prosodic deletion. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Hartmann, Katharina and Malte Zimmermann (2007). Place – Out of place: Focus in Hausa. In K. Schwabe and S. Winkler (eds.), Information structure and the architecture of grammar: A typological perspective, 365–403. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Hasegawa, Hiroshi (2007). Swiping involves preposition stranding, not pied-piping. Hand-out of a talk delivered at GLOW 30, 13 April 2007, University of Tromsoe.
Hashemipour, Margaret (1988). Finite control in Modern Persian. In Hagi Borer (ed.), WCCFL 7: Proceedings of the Seventh West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, 43–54. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Hashemipour, Margaret (1989). Pronominalization and control in Modern Persian. PhD dissertation, University of California, San Diego.
Haspelmath, Martin (1993a). A grammar of Lezgian (Mouton Grammar Library 9). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Haspelmath, Martin (1993b). More on the typology of inchoative/causative verb alternations. In B. Comrie and M. Polinsky (eds.), Causatives and transitivity, 87–120. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Haspelmath, Martin (1997). Indefinite pronouns (Oxford Studies in Typology and Linguistic Theory). Oxford University Press.
Haspelmath, Martin (2007). Pre-established categories don’t exist: Consequences for language description and typology. Linguistic Typology 11, 119–132.
Haspelmath, Martin (2008). Parametric versus functional explanations of syntactic universals. In Biberauer (2008b), 75–108.
Haspelmath, Martin, Matthew Dryer, David Gil, and Bernard Comrie (eds.) (2005). The world atlas of language structures. Oxford University Press.
Haumann, Dagmar (2007). Adverb licensing and clause structure in English. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Hauser, Marc D., Noam Chomsky, and W. Tecumseh Fitch (2002). The faculty of language: What is it, who has it and how did it evolve? Science 298, 1569–1579.
Hausser, Roland and Dietmer Zaefferer (1978). Questions and answers in a context-dependent Montague Grammar. In F. Guenther and S. J. Schmidt (eds.), Formal semantics and pragmatics for natural language, 339–358, Dordrecht: Reidel.
Hawkins, John A. (ed.) (1988). Explaining language universals. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
Hawkins, John A., (1994). A performance theory of order and constituency (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics 73). Cambridge University Press.
Hay, Jemifer, Christopher Kennedy, and Beth Levin (1999). Scalar structure underlies telicity in ‘Degree Achievements’. In T. Matthews and D. Strolovitch (eds.) Proceedings of SALT IX, 127–144. Ithaca, NY: CLC Publications.
Hayes, Bruce (1995). Metrical theory. Chicago University Press.
Hayes, Bruce and Aditi Lahiri (1991). Bengali intonational phonology. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 9, 47–96.
Heck, Fabian (2008). On pied-piping. Wh-movement and beyond. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Heck, Fabian and Gereon Müller (2000). Successive cyclicity, long-distance superiority, and local optimization. In R. Billerey and B. D. Lillehaugen (eds.), WCCFL 19, 218–231. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
Heck, Fabian and Malte Zimmermann (2004). Argumente für die DP als Phase. Unpublished ms., University of Leipzig and Humboldt University, Berlin.
Hegarty, Michael (1993). Deriving clausal structure in tree adjoining grammar. Unpublished ms., University of Pennsylvania.
Heggie, Lorie (1988a). The syntax of copular structures. PhD thesis, University of Southern California.
Heggie, Lorie (1988b). A unified approach to copular sentences. In H. Borer (ed.), Proceedings of WCCFL 7, 129–142. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Heim, Irene (1979). Concealed questions. In R. Bäuerle, U. Egli, and A von Stechow (eds.), Semantics from different points of view (Springer Series in Language and Communication), 51–74. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
Heim, Irene (1982). The semantics of definite and indefinite noun phrases. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Heim, Irene (1984). A note on negative polarity and downward entailingness. In C. Jones and P. Sells (eds.), NELS 14, 98–107. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Heim, Irene (1993). Anaphora and semantic interpretation: A reinterpretation of Reinhart’s approach. S-f-S report-07-93. University of Tübingen. [Reprinted in U. Sauerland and O. Percus (eds.) (1998), The interpretive tract (MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 25), 205–246. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Heim, Irene (2000). Degree operators and scope. In B. Jackson and T. Matthews (eds.), SALT X, 40–64. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, CLC Publications.
Heim, Irene and Angelika Kratzer (1998). Semantics in generative grammar. Oxford: Blackwell.
Heim, Irene, Howard Lasnik, and Robert May (1991). Reciprocity and plurality. Linguistic Inquiry 22, 63–101.
Heim, Stefan, Simon Eickhoff, and Katrin Amunts (2008). Specialisation in Broca’s region for semantic, phonological, and syntactic fluency? NeuroImage 40, 1362–1368.
Heinat, Fredrik (2006). Probes, pronouns and binding in the Minimalist Program. PhD dissertation, Lund University.
Heine, Berndt (2000). Polysemy involving reflexive and reciprocal markers in African languages. In Z. Frajzyngier and T. S. Curl (eds.), Reciprocals: Forms and functions, 1–31. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Heine, Berndt and Heiko Narrog (eds.) (2010), The Oxford handbook of linguistic analysis. Oxford University Press.
Helke, Michael (1971). The grammar of English reflexives. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Hellan, Lars (1986). The headedness of NPs in Norwegian. In P. Muysken and H. van Riemsdijk (eds.), Features and projections, 89–122. Dordrecht: Foris.
Hellan, Lars (1988). Anaphora in Norwegian and the theory of grammar. Dordrecht: Foris.
Heller, Daphna (2005). Identity and information: Semantics and pragmatic aspects of specificational sentences. PhD thesis, Rutgers University.
Helmantel, Marjon (2002). Interactions in the Dutch adpositional domain. PhD dissertation, Leiden University.
Hendrick, Randall (1976). Prepositions and the X′-theory. In J. Emonds (ed.), UCLA papers in syntax, Vol. 7, 95–122. University of California, Los Angeles.
Hendrick, Randall (1978). The phrase structure of adjectives and comparatives. Linguistic Analysis 4, 255–297.
Hendriks, Petra (1995). Comparatives in categorial grammar. PhD thesis, University of Groningen.
Hendriks, Petra (2004). Coherence relations, ellipsis and contrastive topics. Journal of Semantics 21, 375–414.
Hendriks, Petra and Jennifer Spenader (2005). Why be silent? Some functions of ellipsis in natural language. In J. Spenader and P. Hendriks (eds.), Proceedings of the ESSLLI ’05 workshop on cross-modular approaches to ellipsis, Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh, 29–36.
Henry, Alison (1995). Belfast English and Standard English. Dialect variation and parameter setting (Oxford Studies in Comparative Syntax). Oxford University Press.
Herburger, Elena (2001). The negative concord puzzle revisited. Natural Language Semantics 9, 289–333.
Herburger, Elena and Simon Mauck (2007). A new look at Ladusaw’s puzzle. In H. Zeijlstra and J.-Ph. Sohn (eds.), Proceedings of the workshop on negation and polarity. Tübingen: SFB 441.
Herten, Marieke van, Dorothee Chwilla, and Herman Kolk (2006). When heuristics clash with parsing routines: ERP evidence for conflict monitoring in sentence perception. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 18, 1181–1197.
Herten, Marieke van, Herman Kolk, and Dorothee Chwilla (2005). An ERP study of p600 effects elicited by semantic anomalies. Cognitive Brain Research 22, 241–255.
Hestvik, Arild (1991). Subjectless binding domains. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 9, 455–496.
Hestvik, Arild (1992). LF-movement of pronouns and anti-subject orientation. Linguistic Inquiry 23, 557–594.
Hestvik, Arild (1995). Reflexives and ellipsis. Natural Language Semantics 2, 1–27.
Heycock, Caroline (1993). Syntactic predication in Japanese. Journal of East Asian Linguistics 2, 167–211.
Heycock, Caroline (1994a). The internal structure of small clauses. In J. Beckman (ed.), Proceedings of NELS 25, vol. one, 223–238. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Heycock, Caroline (1994b). Layers of predication: The non-lexical syntax of clauses. New York: Garland.
Heycock, Caroline (1995a). Asymmetries in reconstruction. Linguistic Inquiry 26, 547–570.
Heycock, Caroline (1995b). The internal structure of small clauses: New evidence from inversion. In J. N. Beckman (ed.), Proceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting of the North East Linguistics Society, 223–238. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Heycock, Caroline and Anthony Kroch (1998). Inversion and equation in copular sentences. In A. Alexiadou, N. Fuhrhop, U. Kleinhenz, and P. Law (eds.), Papers in linguistics, vol. 10, 71–87. Berlin: Zentrum für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung (ZAS).
Heycock, Caroline and Anthony Kroch (1999). Pseudocleft connectedness: Implications for the LF interface level. Linguistic Inquiry 30(3). 365–397.
Heycock, Caroline and Anthony Kroch (2002). Topic, focus, and syntactic representations. In L. Mikkelsen and C. Potts (eds.), Proceedings of WCCFL 21, 101–125. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
Heycock, Caroline, Antonella Sorace, and Zakaris Svabo Hansen (2010). V-to-I and V2 in subordinate clauses: An investigation of Faroese in relation to Icelandic and Danish. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 13, 61–97.
Hickok, Gregory and David Poeppel (2004). Dorsal and ventral streams: A framework for understanding aspects of the functional anatomy of language. Cognition 92, 67–99.
Hicks, Glyn (2009a). The derivation of anaphoric relations. Amsterdam/New York. Benjamins.
Hicks, Glyn (2009b). Tough-constructions and their derivation. Linguistic Inquiry 40, 535–566.
Hiemstra, Inge (1986). Some aspects of wh-questions in Frisian. Nowele 8, 97–110.
Higginbotham, James (1983a). Logical form, binding and nominals. Linguistic Inquiry 14, 395–420.
Higginbotham, James (1983b). The logic of perceptual reports: An extensional alternative to Situational Semantics. Journal of Philosophy 80, 100–127.
Higginbotham, James (1985). On semantics. Linguistic Inquiry 16, 547–594.
Higginbotham, James (2008). The English perfect and the metaphysics of events. In J. Guéron and J. Lecarme (2008), 173–193.
Higginbotham, James (2009). Remembering, imagining, and the first person. Unpublished ms., USC.
Higginbotham, James and Robert May (1981). Questions, quantifiers and crossing. The Linguistic Review 1, 41–79.
Higgins, Francis Roger (1973). The pseudo-cleft construction in English. PhD thesis, MIT.
Hinojosa, José, Manuel Martin-Loeches, Pilar Casado, Francisco Munoz, and Francisco Rubia (2003). Similarities and differences between phrase structure and morphosyntactic violations in Spanish: An event-related potentials study. Language and Cognitive Processes 18, 113–142.
Hintikka, Jaakko (1986). The semantics of a certain. Linguistic Inquiry 17, 331–336.
Hinton, Geoffrey and Steven Nowlan (1987). How learning can guide evolution. Complex Systems 1, 495–502.
Hiraiwa, Ken (2001). Multiple agreement and the defective intervention effect. In O. Matsushansky et al. (eds.), The Proceedings of the MIT–Harvard Joint Conference (HUMIT 2000), 67–80. Cambridge, MA: MITWPL.
Hiraiwa, K. (2005). Dimensions in syntax. Unpublished ms., University of Tokyo.
Hirsch, Christopher and Kenneth Wexler (2007). The late development of raising: What children seem to think about seem. In S. Dubinsky and W. Davies (eds.), New horizons in the analysis of control and raising, 35–70. New York/Dordrecht: Springer.
Hirschbühler, Paul (1982). VP-deletion and across-the-board quantifier scope. In J. Pustejovsky and P. Sells (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 12, 132–139. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Hobbs, Jerry and Andrew Kehler (1997). A theory of parallelism and the case of VP ellipsis. In P. R. Cohen, and W. Wahlster (eds.), Proceedings of the 35th Conference of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 394–401. East Stroudsburg, PA: Association for Computational Linguistics.
Hockett, Charles F. (1958). A Course in modern linguistics. New York: MacMillan.
Hoeksema, Jack (1986). Monotonie en superlatieven. In C. Hoppenbrouwers, J. Houtman, I. Schuurman, and F. Zwarts (eds), Proeven van taalwetenschap, 38–49. Groningen: Nederlands Instituut RUG.
Hoeksema, J. (1999). Aantekeningen bij ooit, deel 2: de opkomst van niet polair ‘ooit’. Tabu 29, 147–172.
Hoeksema, J. (2007). Parasitic licensing of negative polarity items. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 10, 163–182.
Hoekstra, Eric (1991). Licensing conditions on phrase structure. PhD dissertation, University of Groningen.
Hoekstra, Eric (1994). Agreement and the nature of specifiers. In C. J.-W. Zwart (ed.), Minimalism and Kayne’s Antisymmetry Hypothesis (Groninger Arbeiten zur Germanistischen Linguistic 37), 159–168. Groningen.
Hoekstra, Jarich (1993). The split CP hypothesis and the Frisian complementizer system. Unpublished ms., Frisian Academy.
Hoekstra, Teun. (1983). The distribution of sentential complements. In H. Bennis and W. U. S. van Lessen Kloeke (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 1983, 93–103. Dordrecht: Foris.
Hoekstra, Teun. (1984). Transitivity. Grammatical relations in Government-Binding Theory. Dordrecht: Foris.
Hoekstra, Teun. (1988). Small clause results. Lingua 74, 101–139.
Hoekstra, Teun and Peter Jordens (1994). From adjunct to head. In T. Hoekstra and B. D. Schwartz (eds.), Language acquisition studies in generative grammar, 119–149. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins.
Hoekstra, Teun and Jan G. Kooij (1988). The innateness hypothesis. In Hawkins (1988), 31–55.
Hoekstra, Teun and René Mulder (1990). Unergatives as copular verbs: Locational and existential predication. The Linguistic Review 7, 1–79.
Hoekstra, Teun and Ian Roberts (1993). Middle constructions in Dutch and English. In E. Reuland and W. Abraham (eds.), Knowledge and language Vol 2: Lexical and conceptual structure, 183–220. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Höhle, Tilman (2000). The w-. . .w-construction: Appositive or scope indicating? In Lutz, Müller, and von Stechow (2000), 317–332.
Hoji, Hajime (1986). Logical form constraints and configurational structures. PhD dissertation, University of Washington.
Hoji, Hajime (1987). Japanese clefts and reconstruction/chain binding effects. Handout of Talk Presented at WCCFL 6, University of Arizona.
Hoji, Hajime (1990). Theories of anaphora and aspects of Japanese syntax. Unpublished ms., University of Southern California.
Hoji, Hajime and Teruhiko Fukaya (2001). On island repair and CM vs. non-CM constructions in English and Japanese. Handout of presentation at Kaken Workshop on Ellipsis, Kyoto.
Holmberg, Anders (1986). Word order and syntactic features in the Scandinavian languages and English. PhD thesis, University of Stockholm.
Holmberg, Anders (1999). Remarks on Holmberg’s Generalization. Studia Linguistica 53, 1–39.
Holmberg, Anders (2010). Parameters in Minimalist theory: The case of Scandinavian. Theoretical Linguistics 36, 1–48.
Holmberg, Anders and Christer Platzack (1995). The role of inflection in Scandinavian syntax (Oxford Studies in Comparative Syntax). Oxford University Press.
Homer, Vincent (2010). Epistemic modals: High ma non troppo. To appear in The proceedings of NELS 40.
Hook, Peter (1979). Hindi structures: Intermediate level (Michigan Papers on South and South East Asia 16) Ann Arbor: University of Michigan.
Hopper, Paul and Elizabeth Closs Traugott (1993). Grammaticalization. Cambridge University Press.
Horn, Laurence (1989). A natural history of negation. University of Chicago Press.
Horn, L. (2001). Flaubert triggers, squatitive negation, and other quirks of grammar. In J. Hoeksema, H. Rullmann, V. Sánchez-Valencia, and T. van der Wouden (eds.), Perspectives on negation and polarity items, 173–200. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Hornstein, Norbert (1977). S and X-bar convention. Linguistic Analysis 3, 137–176.
Hornstein, Norbert (1981). The study of meaning in natural language: Three approaches to tense. In N. Hornstein and D. Lightfoot (eds.), Explanation in linguistics, 116–151. London and New York: Longman.
Hornstein, Norbert (1990). As time goes by: Tense and universal grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Hornstein, Norbert (1995). Logical Form: From GB to Minimalism. Cambridge, MA/Oxford: Blackwell.
Hornstein, Norbert (1999). Movement and control. Linguistic Inquiry 30, 69–96.
Hornstein, Norbert (2001). Move! A Minimalist theory of construal. Malden, MA/Oxford: Blackwell.
Hornstein, Norbert (2003). On control. In R. Hendrick (ed.), Minimalist syntax, 6–81. Oxford: Blackwell.
Hornstein, Norbert (2007). Pronouns in a Minimalist setting. In N. Corver and J. Nunes (eds.), The copy theory of movement, 351–384. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins.
Hornstein, Norbert (2009). A theory of syntax. Minimalist operations and Universal Grammar. Cambridge University Press.
Hornstein, Norbert and Maria Polinsky (eds.) (2010). Movement theory of control. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Horvath, Julia (1986). Focus in the theory of grammar and the syntax of Hungarian. Dordrecht: Foris.
Horvath, Julia (1997). The status of wh-expletives and the partial wh-movement construction of Hungarian. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 15, 509–572.
Horvath, Julia and Tali Siloni (2002). Against the little-v hypothesis. Revista di Grammatica Generativa 27, 107–122.
Hosono, Mayumi (2006). An investigation of object shift based on information structure. In C. Davis, A. R. Deal, and Y. Zabbal (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 36, Vol. 1, 343–356. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Hout, Angeliek van (2000). Event semantics in the lexicon–syntax interface. In C. Tenny and J. Pustejovsky (eds.), Events as grammatical objects, 239–282. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Hout, Angeliek van and Thomas Roeper (1998). Events and aspectual structure in derivational morphology. in H. Harley (ed.), Papers from the University of Pennsylvania/MIT Roundtable on Argument Structure and Aspect (MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 32), 175–200. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Howell, Jonathan (2011). Meaning and prosody: On the Web, in the lab and from the theorist’s armchair. PhD thesis, Cornell University.
Huang, C.-T. James (1982a). Logical relations in Chinese and the theory of grammar. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Huang, C.-T. James (1982b). Move WH in a language without WH movement. The Linguistic Review 1, 369–416.
Huang, C.-T. James (1983). A note on the binding theory. Linguistic Inquiry 14, 554–561.
Huang, C.-T. James (1984). On the distribution and reference of empty pronouns. Linguistic Inquiry 15, 531–574.
Huang, C.-T. James (1989). Pro-drop in Chinese: A generalized Control theory. In O. Jaeggli and K. Safir (eds.), The null subject parameter, 185–214. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Huang, C.-T. James (1993). Reconstruction and the structure of VP: Some theoretical consequences. Linguistic Inquiry 24, 103–138.
Huang, C-T. James, Yen-Hui Audrey Li and Yafei Li (2009). The syntax of Chinese. Cambridge University Press.
Huang, C.-T. James and C.-S. Luther Liu (2001). Logophoricity, attitudes and ziji at the interface. In P. Cole, G. Hermon. and C.-T. J. Huang (eds.), Syntax and semantics 33: Long-distance reflexives, 141–195. New York: Academic Press.
Huang, C.-T. James and C.-C. Jane Tang (1991). The local nature of long distance reflexives in Chinese. In J. Koster and E. Reuland (eds.), Long-distance anaphora, 263–282. Cambridge University Press.
Huang, Yan (2000). Anaphora: A crosslinguistic study. Oxford University Press.
Huck, Geoffrey J. and Almerindo E. Ojeda (eds.) (1987), Discontinuous constituency (Syntax and Semantics 20). New York: Academic Press.
Huddleston, Rodney and Geoffrey K. Pullum (2002). The Cambridge grammar of the English language. Cambridge University Press.
Hudson, Richard (1976). Conjunction reduction, gapping and right-node raising. Language 52, 535–562.
Hudson, Richard (1984). Word grammar. Oxford: Blackwell.
Humphries, Colin, Jeffrey Binder, David Medler, and Einat Liebenthal (2006). Syntactic and semantic modulation of neural activity during auditory sentence comprehension. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 18, 665–679.
Humphries, Colin, Tracy Love, David Swinney, and Gregory Hickok (2005). Response of anterior temporal cortex to syntactic and prosodic manipulations during sentence processing. Human Brain Mapping 26, 128–138.
Humphries, Colin, Kimberley Willard, Bradley Buchsbaum, and Gregory Hickok (2001). Role of anterior temporal cortex in auditory sentence comprehension: An fMRI study. NeuroReport 12, 1749–1752.
Hyams, Nina (1986). Language acquisition and the theory of parameters. Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
Hyams, N. (1987). The theory of parameters and syntactic development. In T. Roeper and E. Williams (eds.), Parameter setting, 1–22. Dordrecht: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
Hyman, Larry and Bernard Comrie (1981). Coreference and logophoricity in Gokana. Journal of African Linguistics 3, 19–37.
Iatridou, Sabine (1990) About Agr(P). Linguistic Inquiry 21, 551–577.
Iatridou, Sabine (2000). The grammatical ingredients of counterfactuality. Linguistic Inquiry 31, 231–270.
Iatridou, Sabine, Elena Anagostopoulou and Roumyana Izvorski (2001). Observations about the form and meaning of the perfect. In M. Kenstowicz (ed.), Ken Hale: A life in language, 189–238. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Iatridou, Sabine and Hedde Zeijlstra (2009). On the scopal interaction of negation and deontic modals. In K. Schulz and M. Aloni (eds), Preproceedings of the Amsterdam Colloquium, 315–324. Amsterdam: ILLC.
Inaba, Jiro (2007). Die Syntax der Satzkomplementierung (Studia Grammatica 66). Berlin: Akademie Verlag.
Indefrey, Peter and Willem Levelt (2004). The spatial and temporal signatures of word production components. Cognition 92, 101–144.
Ingria, Robert J. (1990). The limits of unification. In R. Berwick (ed.), Proceedings of the 28th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 194–204. University of Pittsburgh, Association for Computational Linguistics.
Inkelas, Sharon and Draga Zec (1990). The phonology–syntax connection. University of Chicago Press.
Isel, Frédéric, Anja Hahne, Burkhard Maess, and Angela Friederici (2007). Neurodynamics of sentence interpretation: ERP evidence from French. Biological Psychology 74, 337–346.
Ishihara, Shinichiro (2004). Prosody by phase: Evidence from focus intonation–wh-scope correspondence in Japanese. In S. Ishihara, M. Schmitz, and A. Schwarz (eds.), Interdisciplinary studies on information Structure 1: Working papers of SFB632, 77–119. University of Potsdam.
Ishihara, Shinichiro (2007). Major phrase, focus intonation, multiple spell-out. The Linguistic Review 24, 137–167.
Israel, Michael (1996). Polarity sensitivity as lexical semantics. Linguistics & Philosophy 19, 619–666.
Israel, M. (2007). The least bits of grammar: Pragmatics, polarity, and the logic of scales. Cambridge Universtity Press.
Itkonen, Esa (1992). Remarks on the language universals research II. In M. Vilkuna (ed.), SKY 1992 (Suomen Kielitieteellisen Yhdistyksen Vuosikirja 1992), 53–82. Helsinki: Suomen Kielitieteellisen Yhdistyks.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). Some rules of semantic interpretation for English. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1971). Gapping and related rules. Linguistic Inquiry 2, 21–35.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1972). Semantic interpretation in generative grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1973). The base rules for prepositional phrases. In S. Anderson and P. Kiparsky (eds.), A festschrift for Morris Halle, 345–356. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1975). Morphological and semantic regularities in the lexicon. Language 51, 639–671.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1977). X-bar syntax: A study of phrase structure. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1983). Semantics and cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1990a). Semantic structures (Current Studies in Linguistics 18). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1990b). On Larson’s account of the double object construction. Linguistic Inquiry 21, 427–454.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1992). Mme Tussaud meets the binding theory. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 10, 1–31.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1996a). The proper treatment of measuring out, telicity and perhaps even quantification in English. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 14, 305–354.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1996b). The architecture of the linguistic–spatial interface. In P. Bloom, M. A. Peterson, L. Nadel, and M. F. Garrett (eds.), Language and space, 1–30. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1997). The architecture of the Language Faculty. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (1999). The representational structures of the language faculty and their interactions. In C. N. Brown and P. Hagoort (eds.), The neurocognition of language, 37–79. Oxford University Press.
Jackendoff, Ray S. (2002). Foundations of language: Brain, meaning, grammar, evolution. Oxford University Press.
Jackendoff, Ray and Peter Culicover (2003). The semantic basis of control in English. Language 79, 517–556.
Jacobs, Joachim (1980). Lexical decomposition in Montague Grammar. Theoretical Linguistics 7, 121–136.
Jacobs, Joachim (1988). Fokus-Hintergrund-Gliederung und Grammatik. In Altmann (1988), 89–134.
Jacobs, Joachim (1991/1992a). Informationsstruktur und Grammatik (Linguistische Berichte Sonderheft 4). Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag.
Jacobs, Joachim (1991/1992b). Neutral stress and the position of heads. In Jacobs (1991/2a), 220–244.
Jacobs, Joachim (1992). Integration (Tech. Rep. 14, SFB 282). Düsseldorf: Köln & Wuppertal.
Jacobs, Joachim (1999). Informational autonomy. In Bosch and van der Sandt (1999), 56–81.
Jacobs, Roderick and Peter Rosenbaum (eds.) (1968). Readings in English transformational grammar. Waltham, MA: Blaisdell.
Jacobson, Pauline (1987). Review of Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar. Linguistics and Philosophy 10, 389–426.
Jacobson, Pauline (1992). Antecedent contained deletion in a variable-free semantics. SALT 2, 193–213.
Jacobson, Pauline (1999) Towards a variable-free semantics. Linguistics and Philosophy 22, 117–184.
Jacobson, Pauline (2000) Paycheck pronouns, Bach–Peters sentences, and variable-free semantics. Natural Language Semantics 8, 77–155.
Jacobson, Pauline and Geoffrey Pullum (eds.) (1982). The nature of syntactic representation. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Jaeggli, Osvaldo (1980). On some phonologically null elements in syntax. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Jaeggli, Osvaldo (1986). Passive. Linguistic Inquiry 17, 587–622.
Jakobson, Roman (1941/1968). Child language, aphasia, and phonological universals (Janua Linguarum Series Minor 72). The Hague: Mouton.
Jayaseelan, K. A. (1990). Incomplete VP deletion and gapping. Linguistic Analysis 20, 64–81.
Jayaseelan, K. A. (1997). Anaphors as pronouns. Studia Linguistica 51, 186–234.
Jayaseelan, K. A. (2008). Bare phrase structure and specifier-less syntax. Biolinguistics 2, 87–106.
Jayaseelan, K. A. (2010). Stacking, stranding and pied piping: A proposal about word order. Syntax 13, 298–330.
Jayez, Jacques and Lucia Tovena (2005). When ‘widening’ is too narrow. In P. Dekker and M. Franke (eds.), Proceedings of the 15th Amsterdam Colloquium, 131–136. Amsterdam: ILLC.
Jeanne, LaVerne Masayesva (1978). Aspects of Hopi grammar. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Jelinek, Eloise and Richard Demers (1994). Predicates and pronominal arguments in Straits Salish. Language 70, 697–736.
Jespersen, Otto (1917). Negation in English and other languages (Historisk-filologiske Meddelelser 1). Copenhagen: A. F. Høst.
Jing, C., Stephen Crain and Jean C.-F. Hsu (2005). Interpretation of focus in Chinese: Child and adult language. In Y. Otsu (ed.), Proceedings of the Sixth Tokyo Conference on Psycholinguistics, 165–190. Tokyo: Hituzi Syobo Publishing Company.
Johannessen, Janne Bondi (1998). Coordination. Oxford University Press.
Johnson, David E. and Shalom Lappin (1999). Local constraints vs economy. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Johnson, David E. and Paul M. Postal (1980). Arc pair grammar. Princeton University Press.
Johnson, Kyle (1991). Object positions. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 9, 577–636.
Johnson, K. (1996). When verb phrases go missing. Glot International 2, 3–9.
Johnson, K. (2001). What VP-ellipsis can do, and what it can’t, but not why. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 439–479.
Johnson, K. (2008). Introduction. In K. Johnson, (ed.), Topics in ellipsis, 1–14. Cambridge University Press.
Johnson, K. (2009). Gapping is not (VP) ellipsis. Linguistic Inquiry 40, 289–328.
Jonas, Diane (1996) Clause structure and verb syntax in Scandinavian and English. PhD dissertation, Harvard University.
Jónsson, Jóhannes G. (1996). Clausal architecture and Case in Icelandic. PhD. thesis, GLSA, University of Massachusetts.
Joos, Martin (ed.) (1957). Readings in linguistics: The development of descriptive linguistics in America since 1925. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Joshi, Aravind K. (1985). Tree adjoining grammars: How much context-sensitivity is required to provide reasonable structural descriptions? In D. Dowty, L. Karttunen, and A. Zwicky (eds.), Natural language parsing: Psychological, computational and theoretical perspectives, 206–250. Cambridge University Press.
Joshi, Aravind K., Tilman Becker, and Owen Rambow (2000). Complexity of scrambling: A new twist on the competence–performance distinction. In Abeillé and Rambow (2000), 167–181.
Joshi, Aravind K. and Seth Kulick (1997). Partial proof trees as building blocks for a categorial grammar. Linguistics and Philosophy 20, 637–667.
Joshi, Aravind K., Leon Levy, and Masako Takahashi (1975). Tree adjunct grammars. Journal of the Computer and System Sciences 10, 136–163.
Joshi, Aravind K. and Yves Schabes (1997). Tree-adjoining grammars. In G. Rozenberg, and A. Salomaa (eds.), Handbook of formal languages, vol. 3: Beyond words, 69–124. New York: Springer.
Joshi, Aravind K. and K. Vijay-Shanker (1989). Treatment of long distance dependencies in LFG and TAG: Functional uncertainty in LFG is a corollary in TAG. In Proceedings of the 27th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 220–227. Vancouver.
Joshi, Aravind K., K. Vijay-Shanker, and David Weir (1991). The convergence of mildly context-sensitive grammatical formalisms. In P. Sells, S. Shieber, and T. Wasow (eds.), Foundational issues in natural language processing, 31–81. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Julien, Marit (2002). Determiners and word order in Scandinavian DPs. Studia Linguistica 56, 265–315.
Julien, Marit (2005). Nominal phrases from a Scandinavian perspective. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Just, Marcel and Patricia Carpenter (1992). A capacity theory of comprehension: Individual differences in working memory. Psychological Review 99, 122–149.
Just, Marcel, Patricia Carpenter, Timothy Keller, William Eddy, and Keith Thulborn (1996). Brain activation modulated by sentence comprehension. Science 274, 114–116.
Kaan, Edith (2002). Investigating the effects of distance and number interference in processing subject–verb dependencies: An ERP study. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 31, 165–193.
Kaan, Edith, Anthony Harris, Edward Gibson, and Philip Holcomb (2000). The p600 as an index of syntactic integration difficulty. Language and Cognitive Processes 15, 159–201.
Kaan, Edith and Tamara Swaab (2002). The brain circuitry of syntactic comprehension. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6, 350–356.
Kaan, E. and T. Y. Swab (2003). Electrophysiological evidence for serial sentence processing: A comparison between non-preferred and ungrammatical continuations. Cognitive Brain Research 17, 621–635.
Kadmon, Nirit (2001). Formal Pragmatics. Oxford: Blackwell.
Kadmon, Nirit and Fred Landman (1993). Any. Linguistics and Philosophy 16, 353–422.
Kahnemuyipour, Arsalan (2009). The syntax of sentential stress. Oxford University Press.
Kallmeyer, Laura and Maribel Romero (2008). Scope and situation binding in LTAG using semantic unification. Research on Language and Computation 6, 3–52.
Kam, Xuan-Nga Cao, Iglika Stoyneshka, Lidiya Tornyova, Janet D. Fodor, and William G. Sakas (2008). Bigrams and the richness of the stimulus. Cognitive Science 32, 771–787.
Kameyama, Megumi (1985). Zero anaphora: The case of Japanese. PhD dissertation, Stanford University.
Kamp, Hans (1975). Two theories about adjectives. In E. Keenan (ed.), Formal semantics of natural language, 123–155. Cambridge University Press.
Kamp, H. (1981). A theory of truth and discourse representation. In J. Groenendijk, Th. Janssen, and M. Stockhoff (eds.), Formal methods in the study of language, 277–322. Amsterdam: Institute Mathematical Center.
Kamp, Hans and Barbara H. Partee (1995). Prototype theory and compositionality. Cognition 57, 121–191.
Kampen, Jacqueline van (1997). First steps in wh-movement. PhD dissertation, Utrecht University.
Kampen, Jacqueline van (2009). The ‘phased’ learnability of long wh-questions. In J. Crawford, K. Otaki, and M. Takahashi (eds.), Proceedings of the 3rd Conference on Generative Approaches to Language Acquisition North America (Galana 2008), 127–138. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
Kandybowicz, Jason and Harold Torrence (2011). Are syntax and prosody entangled? Insights from Krachi in-situ interrogatives. Unpublished ms., Swarthmore College and University of Kansas.
Kaplan, Ronald M. and Joan Bresnan (1982). Lexical-functional grammar: A formal system for grammatical representation. In Bresnan (1982a), 173–281.
Kaplan, Ronald M. and Annie Zaenen (1989). Long-distance dependencies, constituent structure, and functional uncertainty. In Baltin and Kroch (1989), 17–42.
Kariaeva, Natalia (2009). Radical discontinuity syntax at the interface. PhD dissertation, Rutgers University.
Karimi, Simin (2008). Raising and control in Persian. In Simin Karimi, Donald Stilo, and Vida Samiian (eds.). Aspects of Iranian linguistics, 177–208. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars.
Kas, Mark (1993). Essays on Boolean functions and negative polarity. PhD thesis, University of Groningen.
Kasper, Robert, Bernd Kiefer, Klaus Netter, and K. Vijay-Shanker (1995). Compilation of HPSG to TAG. In Proceedings of the 33rd Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics, 92–99. Cambridge, MA.
Kathol, Andreas (2000). Linear syntax. Oxford University Press.
Katz, Jerrold J. and Paul M. Postal (1964). An integrated theory of linguistic descriptions. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Katz, Jonah and Elisabeth Selkirk (2011). Contrastive focus vs. discourse-new: Evidence from prosodic prominence in English. Language 87, 771–816.
Kawasaki, Noriko (1993). Control and arbitrary interpretation in English. PhD dissertation, University of Massachussetts at Amherst.
Kay, Paul and Filmore, Charles J. (1999). Grammatical constructions and linguistic generalizations: The What’s X doing Y? construction. Language 75, 1–33.
Kayne, Richard S. (1969). The transformational cycle in French syntax. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Kayne, Richard S. (1975). French syntax: The transformational cycle. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Kayne, Richard S. (1981). Unambiguous paths. In R. May and J. Koster (eds.), Levels of syntactic representation, 143–185. New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Kayne, Richard S. (1984). Connectedness and binary branching. Dordrecht: Foris.
Kayne, Richard S. (1985). Principles of particle constructions. In J. Guéron, H.-G. Obenauer, and J.-Y. Pollock (eds.), Grammatical representation, 101–140. Dordrecht: Foris.
Kayne, Richard S. (1989a) Facets of Romance past participle agreement. In Benincà (1989), 85–103.
Kayne, Richard S. (1989b). Null subjects and clitic climbing. In O. Jaeggli and K. J. Safir, (eds.), The null subject parameter, 239–261. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Kayne, Richard S. (1994). The antisymmetry of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Kayne, Richard S. (2000a). Person morphemes and reflexives in Italian, French, and related languages. In Parameters and universals, 131–162. Oxford University Press.
Kayne, Richard S. (2000b). Parameters and universals. Oxford University Press.
Kayne, Richard S. (2002a). Pronouns and their antecedents. In S. D. Epstein and T. D. Seely (eds.), Derivation and explanation in the Minimalist Program, 133–166. Oxford: Blackwell.
Kayne, Richard S. (2002b). On some prepositions that look DP-internal: English of and French de. Catalan Journal of Linguistics 1, 71–115.
Kayne, Richard S. (2005). Some notes on comparative syntax, with special reference to English and French. In G. Cinque and R. Kayne (eds.), The Oxford handbook of comparative syntax, 3–69. Oxford University Press.
Kayne, Richard S. and Jean-Yves Pollock (1978). Stylistic inversion, successive cyclicity, and move NP in French. Linguistic Inquiry 9, 595–621.
Keenan, Edward L. (1976). Towards a universal definition of ‘subject’. In C. Li (ed.), Subject and Topic, 303–333. New York: Academic Press.
Keenan, Edward L. (2002). Explaining the creation of reflexive pronouns in English. In D. Minkova and R. Stockwell, Studies in the history of English: A millennial perspective, 325–355. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Keenan, Edward L. (2007). On denotations of anaphors. Research on language and computation 5, 1–16.
Keenan, Edward L. and Bernard Comrie (1977). Noun phrase accessibility and Universal Grammar. Linguistic Inquiry 8, 63–99.
Keenan, Edward L. and Dag Westerståhl (1997). Generalized quantifiers in linguistics and logic. In J. van Benthem and A. ter Meulen (eds.), Handbook of logic and language, 837–893. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Kehler, Andrew (2002). Coherence, reference, and the theory of grammar. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Keine, Stefan (2008). LDA und Zyklisches Agree. Unpublished ms., University of Leipzig.
Keller, Frank (2000). Gradience in grammar: Experimental and computational aspects of grammaticality. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh.
Kemmer, Suzanne (1993). The middle voice: A typological and diachronic study. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins.
Kempson, Ruth, Wilfried Meyer-Viol, and Dov Gabbay (1999). VP ellipsis: Toward a dynamic, structural account. In S. Lappin and E. Benmamoun (eds.), Fragments: Studies in ellipsis and gapping, 227–289. Oxford University Press.
Kempson, Ruth, Wilfried Meyer-Viol, and Dov Gabbay (2001). Dynamic syntax: The flow of language understanding. Oxford: Blackwell.
Kennedy, Christopher (1994). Argument-contained ellipsis. LRC-report, University of California, Santa Cruz.
Kennedy, Christopher (1997a). Antecedent-contained deletion and the syntax of quantification. Linguistic Inquiry 28, 662–688.
Kennedy, Christopher (1997b). Projecting the adjective: The syntax and semantics of gradability and comparison. PhD dissertation, University of California, Santa Cruz.
Kennedy, Christopher (1999a). Gradable adjectives denote measure functions, not partial functions. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 29, 65–80.
Kennedy, Christopher (1999b). Projecting the adjective: The syntax and semantics of gradability and comparison. New York: Garland.
Kennedy, Christopher (2002). Comparative deletion and optimality in syntax. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 20, 553–621.
Kennedy, Christopher (2003). Ellipsis and syntactic representation. In S. Winkler and K. Schwabe (eds.), The syntax–semantics interface: Interpreting (omitted) structure, 29–54. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Kennedy, Christopher and Jeffrey Lidz (2001). A (covert) long distance anaphor in English. In K. Megerdoomian and L. A. Bar-El (eds.), Proceedings of WCCFL 20, 318–331. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press, 2002.
Kennedy, Christopher and Jason Merchant (2000). Attributive comparative deletion. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 18, 89–146.
Kester, Ellen-Petra (1992). Adjectival inflection and dummy affixation in Germanic and Romance languages. In A. Holmberg (ed.), Papers from the workshop on the Scandinavian noun phrase, 72–87. University of Umeå.
Kester, Ellen-Petra (1996). The nature of adjectival inflection. Utrecht: LEd.
Khalaily, Samir (1995). QR and the Minimalist Theory of syntax: The case of universally and negative quantified expressions in Palestinian Arabic. Unpublished ms., University of Leiden.
Khalilova, Zaira (2007). Clause linkage: Coordination, subordination and cosubordination in Khwarshi. Unpublished ms., Max-Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology, Leipzig.
Kho, Kuan, Peter Indefrey, Peter Hagoort, C. W. M. van Veelen, Peter van Rijen, and Nick Ramsey (2008). Unimpaired sentence comprehension after anterior temporal cortex resection. Neuropsychologia 46, 1170–1178.
Kim, Albert and Lee Osterhout (2005). The independence of combinatory semantic processing: Evidence from event-related potentials. Journal of Memory and Language 52, 205–225.
Kim, Christina S., Gregory M. Kobele, Jeffrey T. Runner, and John T. Hale (2011). The acceptability cline in VP ellipsis. Syntax 14, 318–354.
Kim, Jeong-Seok (1997). Syntactic focus movement and ellipsis: A Minimalist approach. PhD dissertation, University of Connecticut.
Kim, Jeong-Seok (1998). A Minimalist account of gapping in Korean/Japanese. Studies in Generative Grammar 8, 105–137.
Kim, Jong-Bok (2000). The grammar of negation: A constraint-based approach. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Kim, Soowon (1999). Sloppy/strict identity, empty objects, and NP ellipsis.Journal of East Asian Linguistics 8, 255–284.
Kimball, John (1973). The grammar of existence. In Claudia Corum, C. T. Smith-Stark, and A. Weiser (eds.), Proceedings of CLS 9, 262–270. Chicago.
King, Harold (1970). On blocking the rules for contraction in English. Linguistic Inquiry 1, 134–136.
King, Jeffrey (1988). Are indefinite descriptions ambiguous? Philosophical Studies 53, 417–440.
King, Jonathan and Marcel Just (1991). Individual differences in syntactic processing: The role of working memory. Journal of Memory and Language 30, 580–602.
King, Tracy Holloway (1995). Configuring topic and focus in Russian (Stanford Dissertations in Linguistics). Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Kinyalolo, Kasangati (1991). Syntactic dependencies and the SPEC-head agreement hypothesis in KiLega. PhD dissertation, UCLA.
Kiparsky, Paul (1988). Agreement and linking theory. Unpublished ms., Stanford University.
Kiparsky, Paul (1997). Remarks on denominal verbs. In A. Alsina, J. Bresnan, and P. Sells (eds.), Complex predicates, 473–499. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Kiparsky, Paul (2001). Structural case in Finnish. Lingua 111, 315–376.
Kirby, Simon (1998). Function, selection and innateness: The emergence of language universals. Oxford University Press.
Kirby, Simon and James Hurford (1997). Learning, culture, and evolution in the origin of linguistic constraints. In P. Husbands and H. Inman (eds.), Proceedings of the Fourth European Conference on Artificial Life, 493–502. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Kiss, Tibor (2006). On the empirical viability of the movement theory of control. Unpublished ms., Bochum University.
Kitagawa, Yoshi (1986). Subjects in Japanese and English. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Kitahara, H. (1995). Target α: Deducing strict cyclicity from derivational economy. Linguistic Inquiry 26, 47–77.
Kitahara, H. (1997). Elementary operation and optimal derivations. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Klein, Wolfgang (1995). A time-relational analysis of Russian aspect. Language 71, 669–695.
Klepp, M. (2001). Partial wh-movement in German. PhD dissertation, University College Dublin.
Klima, Edward (1964). Negation in English. In J. Fodor and J. Katz (eds.), The structure of language, 246–323. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Kluender, Robert (1992). Deriving island constraints from principles of predication. In H. Goodluck and M. Rochemont (eds.), Island constraints: Theory, acquisition and processing, 223–258. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Kluender, Robert (1998). On the distinction between strong and weak islands: A processing perspective. In Culicover and McNally (1998), 241–279.
Kluender, Robert and Marta Kutas (1993a). Bridging the gap: Evidence from ERPs on the processing of unbounded dependencies. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 5, 196–214.
Kluender, Robert and Marta Kutas (1993b). Subjacency as a processing phenomenon. Language and Cognitive Processes 8, 573–633.
Ko, Heejeong (2005a). Syntax of why-in-situ: Merge into [Spec, CP] in the overt syntax. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 23(4): 867–916.
Ko, Heejeong (2005b). Syntactic edges and linearization. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Koch, Karsten (2008). Intonation and focus in Nte?kepmxcin (Thompson River Salish). PhD thesis, University of British Columbia.
Koeneman, Olaf and Hedde Zeijlstra (2010). Resurrecting the Rich Agreement Hypothesis: Weak isn’t strong enough. In D.-H. An and S.-Y. Kim (eds.), Movement in Minimalism. Proceedings of the 12th Seoul Conference on Generative Grammar.
Koizumi, Masatoshi (1994). Layered specifiers. In M. González (ed.), Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 24, 255–269. Amherst: GLSA, University of Massachusetts.
Koizumi, Masatoshi (1995). Phrase structure in Minimalist syntax. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Kolk, Herman, Dorothee Chwilla, Marieke van Herten, and Patrick Oor (2003). Structure and limited capacity in verbal working memory: A study with event-related potentials. Brain and Language 85, 1–36.
Kolliakou, Dimitra (2004). Monadic definites and polydefinites: Their form, meaning and use. Journal of Linguistics 40, 263–333.
König, Ekkehard and Peter Siemund (2000). Intensifiers and reflexives: A typological perspective. In Frajzyngier and Curl (2000a), 41–74.
Koopman, Hilda (1984). The syntax of verbs: From verb movement rules in the Kru languages to Universal Grammar (Studies in Generative Grammar 15). Dordrecht: Foris.
Koopman, Hilda (1992). On the absence of Case chains in Bambara. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 10, 555–594.
Koopman, Hilda (1993). The structure of Dutch PPs. Unpublished ms., University of California, Los Angeles.
Koopman, Hilda (2000). Prepositions, postpositions, circumpositions, and particles. In H. Koopman (ed.), The syntax of specifiers and heads, 204–260. Routledge: London.
Koopman, Hilda (2005). Agreement configurations: In defense of Spec head. Unpublished ms., UCLA.
Koopman, Hilda and Dominique Sportiche (1989). Pronouns, logical variables and logophoricity in Abe. Linguistic Inquiry 20, 555–588.
Koopman, Hilda and Dominique Sportiche (1991). The position of subjects. Lingua 85, 211–258.
Koopman, Hilda and Anna Szabolcsi (2000). Verbal complexes. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Koppen, Marjo van (2005). One probe – two goals: Aspects of agreement in Dutch dialects. PhD dissertation, University of Leiden.
Kornfeld, Laura M. and Andrés L. Saab (2002). Nominal ellipsis and morphological structure in Spanish. In R. Bok-Bennema (ed.), Romance languages and linguistic theory 2002: Selected papers from Going Romance, 183–199. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Kornfilt, Jaklin (1984). Case marking, agreement, and empty categories in Turkish. PhD dissertation, Harvard University.
Kornfilt, Jaklin (1997). Turkish. New York: Routledge.
Koster, Jan (1975). Dutch as an SOV language. Linguistic Analysis 1, 111–136.
Koster, Jan (1978a). Locality principles in syntax. Dordrecht: Foris.
Koster, Jan (1978b). Why subject sentences don’t exist. In S. J. Keyser (ed.), Recent transformational studies in European languages, 53–64. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Koster, Jan (1984). On binding and control. Linguistic Inquiry 15, 417–459.
Koster, Jan (1987). Domains and dynasties: The radical autonomy of syntax. Dordrecht: Foris.
Koster, Jan (1997). Anaphora and uniformity of grammar. In H. Bennis, P. Pica, and J. Rooryck (eds.), Atomism and binding. 235–250. Dordrecht: Foris.
Koster, Jan (2008). A reappraisal of classical V2 and scrambling in Dutch. Groninger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik 46, 27–54.
Kounios, J. and P. J. Holcomb (1992). Structure and process in semantic memory: Evidence from event-related brain potentials and reaction times. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 121, 459–479.
Kratzer, Angelika (1995). Stage-level and individual-level predicates. In G. Carlson and F. Pelletier (eds.), The generic book, 125–175. Chicago University Press.
Kratzer, Angelika (1996). Severing the external argument from its verb. In J. Rooryck, and L. Zaring (eds.), Phrase structure and the lexicon, 109–138. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Kratzer, Angelika (2004). Telicity and the meaning of objective case. In Guéron and Lecarme (2004), 398–425.
Kratzer, Angelika (2009). Making a pronoun: Fake indexicals as windows into the properties of pronouns. Linguistic Inquiry 40, 187–237.
Kratzer, Angelika and Elisabeth Selkirk (2007). Phase theory and prosodic spellout: The case of verbs. The Linguistic Review 24, 93–135.
Kratzer, Angelika and Junko Shimoyama (2002). Indeterminate phrases: The view from Japanese. In Y. Otsu (ed.), Proceedings of the Third Tokyo Conference on Psycholinguistics, 1–25. Tokyo: Hituzi Syobo.
Krifka, Manfred (1987). Nominal reference and temporal constitution: Towards a semantics of quantity. In J. J. Groenendijk, M. Stokhof, and F. Veltman (eds.), Proceedings of the 6th Amsterdam Colloquium, 153–173. Institute of Linguistics, Logic and Information, University of Amsterdam.
Krifka, Manfred (1989). Nominal reference and temporal constitution and quantification in event semantics. In P. van Emde Boos, R. Bartsch and J. van Benthem (eds.), Semantics and contextual expression, 75–115. Dordrecht: Foris.
Krifka, Manfred (1991/1992). A compositional semantics for multiple focus constructions. In Jacobs (1991/2a), 17–53.
Krifka, Manfred (1992a). Focus, quantification and dynamic interpretation. Unpublished ms., University of Texas at Austin.
Krifka, Manfred (1992b). Thematic relations and links between nominal reference and temporal constitution. In I. A. Sag and A. Szabolcsi (eds.), Lexical matters, 29–53. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Krifka, Manfred (1995). The semantics and pragmatics of polarity items in assertion. Linguistic Analysis 15, 209–257.
Krifka, Manfred (2001). Quantifying into question acts. Natural Language Semantics 9, 1–40.
Krifka, Manfred (2006). Association with focus phrases. In V. Molnár and S. Winkler (eds.), The architecture of focus, 105–136. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Krifka, Manfred (2008). Basic notions of information structure. Acta Linguistica Hungarica 55, 243–276.
Kroch, Anthony (1987). Unbounded dependencies and subjacency in a tree adjoining grammar. In A. Manaster-Ramer (ed.), The mathematics of language, 143–172. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Kroch, Anthony (1989a). Amount quantification, referentiality and long wh-movement. Unpublished ms., University of Pennsylvania.
Kroch, Anthony (1989b). Asymmetries in long distance extraction in a tree adjoining grammar. In Baltin and Kroch (1989), 66–98.
Kroch, Anthony (2001). Syntactic change. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 699–729.
Kroch, Anthony and Aravind K. Joshi (1985). The linguistic relevance of tree adjoining grammar (Technical Report MS-CS-85–16). Department of Computer and Information Sciences, University of Pennsylvania.
Kroch, Anthony and Aravind K. Joshi (1987). Analyzing extraposition in a tree adjoining grammar. In Huck and Ojeda (1987), 107–149.
Kroch, Anthony and Beatrice Santorini (1991). The derived constituent structure of the West Germanic verb raising construction. In R. Freidin (ed.), Principles and parameters in comparative grammar, 269–338. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Kroeger, Paul (1993). Phrase structure and grammatical relations in Tagalog (Dissertations in Linguistics). Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Kroeger, Paul (2004). Analyzing syntax: A Lexical-functional approach. Cambridge University Press.
Kučerová, Ivona (2007). The syntax of givenness. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Kuno, Susumu (1972). Functional sentence perspective: A case study from Japanese and English. Linguistic Inquiry 3, 269–320.
Kuno, Susumu (1973a). Constraints on internal clauses and sentential subjects. Linguistic Inquiry 4, 363–385.
Kuno, Susumu (1973b). The structure of the Japanese language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Kuno, Susumu (1987). Functional syntax. University of Chicago Press.
Kuno, Susumu and Jane Robinson (1972). Multiple wh-questions. Linguistic Inquiry 3, 463–487.
Kuperberg, Gina (2007). Neural mechanisms of language comprehension: Challenges to syntax. Brain Research 1146, 23–49.
Kuperberg, Gina, David Caplan, Tatiana Sitnikova, Marianna Eddy, and Phillip Holcomb (2006). Neural correlates of processing syntactic, semantic, and thematic relationships in sentences. Language and Cognitive Processes 21, 489–530.
Kuperberg, Gina, Donna Kreher, Tatiana Sitnikova, David Caplan, and Phillip Holcomb (2007). The role of animacy and thematic relationships in processing active English sentences: Evidence from event-related potentials. Brain and Language 100, 223–237.
Kuperberg, Gina, Tatiana Sitnikova, David Caplan, and Phillip Holcomb (2003). Electrophysiological distinctions in processing conceptual relationships within simple sentences. Cognitive Brain Research 17, 117–129.
Kuroda, Sige-Yuki (1965). Generative grammatical studies in the Japanese language. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Koruda, S. Y. (1988). Whether we agree or not. Paper presented at The Second International Workshop on Japanese syntax. Stanford.
Kutas, Marta and Kara D. Federmeier (2000). Electrophysiology reveals semantic memory use in language comprehension. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 4, 463–470.
Kutas, Marta and S. Hillyard (1980). Event-related brain potentials to semantically inappropriate and surprisingly large words. Biological Psychology 11, 99–116.
Kutas, Marta, Cyma van Petten, and Robert Kluender (2006). Psycholinguistics electrified ii: 1994–2005. In M. Traxler and M. A. Gernsbacher (eds.), Handbook of psycholinguistics, 2nd edn, 659–724. New York: Elsevier.
Labov, William (1969). Contraction, deletion, and inherent variability of the English copula. Language 45, 715–762.
Labov, William (1972). Sociolinguistic patterns. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
Laca, Brenda (2005). Périphrases aspectuelles et temps grammatical dans les langues romanes. In H. Bat-Zeev Shyldkrot and N. Le Querler (eds.), Les periphrases verbales (Lingvisticae Investigationes Supplementa 25), 47–66. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Ladd, Robert D. (1980). The structure of intonational meaning. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
Ladd, Robert D. (1983). ‘Even’, focus and normal stress. Journal of Semantics 2, 157–170.
Ladd, Robert D. (1996). Intonational phonology. Cambridge University Press.
Ladusaw, William A. (1979). Polarity sensitivity as inherent scope relations. New York: Garland Publishing.
Ladusaw, William A. (1988). A proposed distinction between levels and strata. In S.-D. Kim (ed.), Linguistics in the morning calm 2, 37–51. Seoul: Hanshin.
Ladusaw, William A. (1992). Expressing negation. In C. Barker and D. Dowty (eds.), SALT II, 237–259. Ithaca, NY: Cornell Linguistic Circle.
Ladusaw, William A. (1996). Negation and Polarity Items. In S. Lappin (ed.), The handbook of contemporary semantic theory, 321–341. Oxford: Blackwell.
Laenzlinger, Christopher (1998). Comparative studies in word order variation: Adverbs, pronouns and clause structure in Romance and Germanic. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Laenzlinger, Christopher (2005). French adjective ordering: Perspectives on DP-internal movement types. Lingua 15, 645–689.
Lahiri, Utpal (1998). Focus and negative polarity in Hindi. Natural Language Semantics 6, 57–23.
Lahne, Antje (2008). Where there is fire there is smoke. Local modelling of successive-cyclic movement. PhD dissertation, University of Leipzig.
Laka, Itziar (1990). Negation in syntax: On the nature of functional categories and projections. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Lakoff, George (1970). Global rules. Language 46, 627–639.
Lakoff, George (1971). On generative semantics. In D. D. Steinberg and L. A. Jakobovits (eds.), Semantics: An interdisciplinary reader in philosophy, linguistics and psychology, 232–296. Cambridge University Press.
Lakoff, George (1986). Frame semantic control of the coordinate structure constraint. Chicago Linguistic Society, 22, 152–167.
Lamarche, Jacques (1991). Problems for N0-movement to Num-P. Probus 3, 215–236.
Lambrecht, Knud (1994). Information structure. Cambridge University Press.
Lamers, Monique (2005). Resolving subject–object ambiguities with and without case: Evidence from ERPs. In M. Amberber and H. de Hoop (eds.), Competition and variation in natural languages: The case for case 251–293. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Landau, Idan (2001). Elements of control: Structure and meaning in infinitival constructions. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Landau, Idan (2003). Movement out of control. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 471–498.
Landau, Idan (2004). The scale of finiteness and the calculus of control. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 22, 811–877.
Landau, Idan (2006). Severing the distribution of PRO from Case. Syntax 9, 153–170.
Landau, Idan (2007a). EPP extensions. Linguistic Inquiry 38, 485–523.
Landau, Idan (2007b). Movement-resistant aspects of control. In W. D. Davies and S. Dubinsky (eds.), New horizons in the analysis of control and raising, 293–325. Dordrecht: Springer.
Landau, Idan (2008). Two routes of control: Evidence from case transmission in Russian. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 26, 877–924.
Landau, Idan (2009). Predication vs. aboutness in copy raising. Unpublished ms., lingBuzz/000835.
Landau, Idan (2011). Predication vs. aboutness in copy raising. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 29, 779–813.
Landman, Fred (2004). Indefinites and the type of sets. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
Lang, Ewald, Claudia Maienborn, and Cathrine Fabricius-Hansen (eds.) 2003. Modifying adjuncts. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Langacker, Ronald W. (1987). Foundations of Cognitive Grammar. Vol. 1: Theoretical prerequisites. Stanford University Press.
Langacker, Ronald W. (1995). Raising and transparency. Language 71, 1–62.
Lapointe, Stephen (1980). A theory of grammatical agreement. PhD dissertation. University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
Lappin, Shalom (1984). Predication and raising. In C. Jones and P. Sells (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 14, 236–252. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Lappin, Shalom (1992). The syntactic basis of ellipsis resolution. In S. Berman and A. Hestvik (eds.), Proceedings of the Stuttgart Ellipsis Workshop (Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungsbereichs 340, Bericht No. 29–1992). Universitaet Stuttgart.
Lappin, Shalom (1996). The interpretation of ellipsis. In S. Lappin (ed.), The handbook of contemporary semantic theory, 145–175. Oxford: Blackwell.
Larson, Richard K. (1985). Bare NP-adverbs. Linguistic Inquiry 16, 595–621.
Larson, Richard K. (1987). Missing prepositions and the analysis of English free relatives. Linguistic Inquiry 18, 239–266.
Larson, Richard K. (1988a). On the double object construction. Linguistic Inquiry 19, 335–391.
Larson, Richard K. (1988b). Scope and comparatives. Linguistics and Philosophy 11, 1–26.
Larson, Richard K. (1990). Extraction and multiple selection in PP. The Linguistic Review 7, 169–182.
Larson, Richard K. (1991a). The projection of DP (and DegP). SUNY–Stony Brook. [Published as The Projection of DP (and DegP). In Larson (2013)].
Larson, Richard K. (1991b). Promise and the theory of control. Linguistic Inquiry 21, 103–139.
Larson, Richard K. (1998). Events and modification in nominals. In D. Strolovitch and A. Lawson (eds.), Proceedings from Semantics and Linguistic Theory (SALT) VIII, 145–168. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.
Larson, Richard K. (2003). Time and event measure. In J. Hawthorne, and D. Zimmerman (eds.), Philosophical perspectives 17: Language and philosophical linguistics, 247–258. Oxford University Press.
Larson, Richard K. (2013). On shell structure. Oxford: Routledge.
Larson, Richard K. and Franc Marušič (2004). On indefinite pronoun structures with APs: Reply to Kishimoto. Linguistic Inquiry 35, 268–287.
Larson, Richard K. and Gabriel Segal (1995). Knowledge of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books, MIT Press.
Lasnik, Howard (1975). On the semantics of negation. In D. J. Hockney (ed.), Contemporary research in philosophical logic and linguistic semantics, 279–311. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Lasnik, Howard (1976). Remarks on coreference. Linguistic Analysis 2, 1–22.
Lasnik, Howard (1981a). On two recent treatments of disjoint reference. Journal of Linguistic Research 1, 39–53. [Reprinted in Lasnik (1989), 125–133.]
Lasnik, Howard (1981b). Restricting the theory of transformations. In N. Hornstein and D. Lightfoot (eds.), Explanation in linguistics, 152–173. London: Longmans.
Lasnik, Howard (1989). Essays on anaphora. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Lasnik, Howard (1995). Case and expletives revisited: On greed and other human failings. Linguistic Inquiry 26, 615–634.
Lasnik, Howard (1999a). Minimalist analysis. Oxford: Blackwell.
Lasnik, Howard (1999b). Pseudogapping puzzles. In S. Lappin and E. Benmamoun (eds.), Fragments: Studies in ellipsis and gapping, 141–174. Oxford University Press.
Lasnik, Howard (1999c). On feature strength: Three Minimalist approaches to overt movement. Linguistic Inquiry 30, 197–217.
Lasnik, Howard (1999d). Chains of arguments. In S. D. Epstein and N. Hornstein (eds), Working Minimalism, 189–215. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Lasnik, Howard (2000). Syntactic Structures revisited: Contemporary lectures on classic transformational theory. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Lasnik, Howard (2001a). When can you save a structure by destroying it? In M. Kim and U. Strauss (eds.), Proceedings of the North East Linguistic Society 31, 301–320. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Lasnik, Howard (2001b). Derivation and representation in modern transformational syntax. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 62–88.
Lasnik, Howard (2002). The Minimalist Program in syntax. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6, 432–437.
Lasnik, Howard (2006). Conceptions of the cycle. In L. Cheng and N. Corver (eds.), Wh-movement moving on 197–216. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Lasnik, Howard (to appear). Multiple sluicing in English? Syntax, 7–24.
Lasnik, Howard and Stephen Crain (1985). On the acquisition of pronominal reference. Lingua 65, 135–154.
Lasnik, Howard and Robert Fiengo (1974). Complement object deletion. Linguistic Inquiry 5, 535–572.
Lasnik, Howard and Joseph J. Kupin (1977). A restrictive theory of transformational grammar. Theoretical Linguistics 4, 173–196.
Lasnik, Howard and Terje Lohndal (2010). Government-Binding/Principles & Parameters Theory. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Cognitive Science 1, 40–50.
Lasnik, Howard and Mamoru Saito (1984). On the nature of proper government. Linguistic Inquiry 15, 235–290.
Lasnik, Howard and Mamoru Saito (1991). On the subject of infinitives. In L. M. Dobrin, L. Nichols, and R. M. Rodriguez (eds.), Papers from the 27th Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society Part One: The General Session, 324–343. Chicago Linguistic Society, University of Chicago.
Lasnik, Howard and Mamoru Saito (1992). Move α: Conditions on its application and output. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Lasnik, Howard and Mamoru Saito (1999). On the subject of infinitives. In Lasnik (1999a), 7–24.
Lau, Ellen F., Diogo Almeida, Paul C. Hines, and David Poeppel (2009). A lexical basis for n400 context effects: Evidence from Meg. Brain and Language 111, 161–172.
Lau, Ellen F., Colin Phillips, and David Poeppel (2008). A cortical network for semantics: (De)constructing the n400. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 9, 920–933.
Lau, Ellen F., Clare Stroud, Silke Plesch, and Colin Phillips (2006). The role of structural prediction in rapid syntactic analysis. Brain and Language 98, 74–88.
Launey, Michel (1981). Introduction á la langue et á la litterature azteques, vol. 1. Paris: L’Harmattan.
Lebeaux, David (1984a). Anaphoric binding and the definition of PRO. Northeastern Linguistic Society 14, 253–274.
Lebeaux, David (1984b). Locality and anaphoric binding. The Linguistic Review 4, 343–363.
Lebeaux, David (1988). Language acquisition and the form of grammar. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
Lebeaux, David (1998). Where does Binding Theory apply? Princeton: Technical Report of the NEC Research Institute.
Lebeaux, David (2009). Where does Binding Theory apply? Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Lecarme, Jacqueline (
1996).
Tense in the nominal system: The Somali DP. In
J. Lecarme,
J. Lowenstamm, and
U. Shlonsky (eds.),
Studies in Afroasiatic grammar: Papers from the 2nd Conference on Afroasiatic Languages, Sophia Antipolis 1994.
The Hague:
Holland Academic Graphics. [Available at:
www.llf.cnrs.fr/fr/Lecarme/]
Lecarme, Jacqueline (
1999).
Nominal tense and tense theory. In
F. Corblin,
C. Dobrovie-Sorin, and
J.-M. Marandin, (eds.),
Empirical issues in formal syntax and semantics 2: Selected papers from the Colloque de Syntaxe et Sémantique à Paris (CSSP).
The Hague:
Holland Academic Graphics. [Available at:
http://www.llf.cnrs.fr/fr/Lecarme/]
Lecarme, Jacqueline (2004). Tense in nominals. In J. Guéron and J. Lecarme (eds.), The syntax of time, 440–475. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Lecarme, Jacqueline (2008). Tense and modality in nominals. In Guéron and Lecarme (2008), 195–225.
Lechner, Winfried (1999). Comparatives and DP-structure. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Lechner, Winfried (2001). Reduced and phrasal comparatives. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 19, 683–735.
Lechner, Winfried (2004). Ellipsis in comparatives. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Lee, Chia-lin and Kara Federmeier (2006). To mind the mind: An event-related potential study of word class and semantic ambiguity. Brain Research 1081, 191–202.
Lee, Felicia (2003). Anaphoric R-expressions as bound variables. Syntax 6, 84–114.
Lees, Robert B. (1961). Grammatical analysis of the English comparative construction. Word 17, 171–185.
Lees, Robert B. (1963). The grammar of English nominalizations. The Hague: Mouton.
Lees, Robert B. and Edward S. Klima (1963). Rules for English pronominalization. Language 39, 17–28.
Lee-Schoenfeld, Vera (2004). Binding by phase: (Non)complementarity in German. Journal of Germanic Linguistics 16, 111–173.
Legate, Julie Anne (2002). The hows of wh-scope marking in Warlpiri. In M. Kadowaki and S. Kawahara (eds.), Proceedings of the North Eastern Linguistic Society 33. Boston: MIT.
Legate, Julie Anne (2003). Some interface properties of the phase. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 506–516.
Legate, Julie Anne (2005). Phases and cyclic agreement. MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 49, 147–156.
Legate, Julie Anne (2006). Split absolutive. In A. Johns, D. Massam, and J. Ndayiragije (eds.), Ergativity: Emerging issues, 143–171. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Legate, Julie Anne (2008). Morphological and abstract case. Linguisitic Inquiry 39, 55–102.
Legate, Julie Anne and Charles Yang (2007). Morphosyntactic learning and the development of tense. Language Acquisition 14, 315–344.
Legendre, Geraldine (2006). Early child grammars: Qualitative and quantitative analysis of morphosyntactic production. Cognitive Science 30, 803–835.
Legendre, Geraldine, Paul Hagstrom, Joan Chen-Main, Liang Tao, and Paul Smolensky (2004). Deriving output probabilities in child Mandarin from a dual-optimization grammar. Lingua 114, 1147–1185.
Legendre, Geraldine, Yoshiro Miyata, and Pual Smolensky (1990). Can connectionism contribute to syntax? Harmonic Grammar, with an application. In M. Ziolkowski, M. Noske, and K. Deaton (eds.), Proceedings of the 26th Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, 237–252. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.
Lekakou, Marika (2005). In the middle, somewhat elevated: The semantics of middles and its crosslinguistic realization. PhD thesis, University of London.
Lenerz, Jürgen (1977). Zur Abfolge nominaler Satzglieder im Deutschen. Tübingen: Narr.
Leu, Thomas (
2008). The internal syntax of determiners. PhD thesis, New York University. [
Groninger Arbeiten zur Germanistischen Linguistik 47, Center for Language and Cognition Groningen. Available at: G
http://gagl.eldoc.ub.rug.nl.]
Levi, Judith (1978). The syntax and semantics of complex nominals. New York: Academic Press.
Levin, Beth (1993). Verb classes in English. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Levin, Beth and Malka Rappaport (1998). Building verb meanings. In M. Butt and W. Geuder (eds.), The projection of arguments: Lexical and compositional factors, 97–134. Stanford, CA: CSLI publications.
Levin, Beth and Malka Rappaport Hovav (1995). Unaccusativity: At the syntax–lexical semantics interface. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Levin, B. and M. Rappaport Hovav (2005). Argument realization (Research Surveys in Linguistics). Cambridge University Press.
Levin, Nancy (1978). Some identity-of-sense deletions puzzle me. Do they you? In D. Farkas, W. M. Jacobsen, and K. W. Todrys (eds.), Proceedings of the Fourteenth Annual Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, 229–240. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.
Levin, N. S. (1979). Main verb ellipsis in spoken English. PhD dissertation, Ohio State University.
Levine, Robert D. and Thomas Hukari (2006). The unity of unbounded dependency constructions (CSLI Lecture Notes 166). Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Levinson, Stephen (1987). Pragmatics and the grammar of anaphora: A partial pragmatic reduction of binding and control phenomena. Journal of Linguistics 23, 379–434.
Levinson, Stephen (1991). Pragmatic reduction of the binding conditions revisited. Journal of Linguistics 27, 107–162.
Levy, Roger (2008). Expectation-based syntactic comprehension. Cognition 106, 1126–1177.
Lewis, David (1975). Adverbs of quantification. In E. Keenan (ed.), Formal semantics of natural language, 3–15. Cambridge University Press.
Lewis, David (1979). Attitudes de dicto and de se. Philosophical Review 88, 513–554.
Li, Charles and Sandra Thompson (1976). Subject and topic: A new typology of language. In C. N. Li (ed.), Subject and topic, 457–489. New York: Academic Press.
Li, Hui-Ju Grace (1998). Null object and VP ellipsis in Chinese. I Hua Lin (ed.), Proceedings of the 9th North American Conference on Chinese Linguistics, Vol. 1: Syntax, Semantics and Discourse, 155–172. Los Angeles: GSIL Publications, University of Southern California.
Li, Hui-Ju Grace (2002) Ellipsis constructions in Chinese. PhD dissertation, University of Southern California.
Li, Yen-Hui Audrey (1990). Order and constituency in Mandarin Chinese. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Liberman, Mark Y. and Janet Pierrehumbert (1984). Intonational invariance under changes in pitch range and length. In M. Aronoff and R. T. Oehrle (eds.), Language sound structure, 157–233. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Liberman, Mark Y. and Alan Prince (1977). On stress and linguistic rhythm. Linguistic Inquiry 8, 249–336.
Lichtenberk, Frantisek (2000). Reciprocals without reflexives. In Z. Frajzyngier and T. S. Curl (eds.), Reciprocals: Forms and functions, 31–62. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Lidz, Jeffrey (1995). Morphological reflexive-marking: Evidence from Kannada. Linguistic Inquiry 26, 705–710.
Lidz, Jeffrey (2001a). The argument structure of verbal reflexives. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 19, 311–353.
Lidz, Jeffrey (2001b). Condition R. Linguistic Inquiry 32, 123–140.
Lidz, Jeffrey (2001c). Anti-antilocality. In Cole, Hermon, and Huang (2001), 226–254.
Lieven, Elena (2009). Developing constructions. Cognitive Linguistics 20, 191–199.
Lieven Elena and Michael Tomasello (2008). Children’s first language acquisition from a usage-based perspective. In P. Robinson and N. Ellis (eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics and second language acquisition, 168–196. New York: Routledge.
Lightfoot, David (1989). The child’s trigger experience: Degree-0 learnability. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 12, 321–334.
Lightfoot, David (1991). How to set parameters: Arguments from language change. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Lightfoot, David (1999). The development of language: Acquisition, change and evolution. Oxford: Blackwell.
Lightfoot, David (2006). How new languages emerge. Cambridge University Press.
Lin, Jo-Wang (1996). Polarity licensing and wh-phrase quantification in Chinese. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Lin, Vivian (2002). Coordination and sharing at the interfaces. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Linebarger, Marcia (1980). The grammar of negative polarity. PhD thesis. MIT.
Linebarger, Marcia (1987). Negative polarity and grammatical representation. Linguistics and Philosophy 10, 325–387.
Liu, Feng-Hsi (1990). Scope and dependency in English and in Chinese. PhD thesis, UCLA.
Lobeck, Anne (1991). The phrase structure of ellipsis. In S. Rothstein (ed.), Perspectives on phrase structure, 81–103. San Diego: Academic Press.
Lobeck, Anne (1995). Ellipsis: Functional heads, licensing and ellipsis. Oxford University Press.
Löbel, Elisabeth (2001). Classifiers and semi-lexicality: Functional and semantic selection. In Corver and van Riemsdijk (2001), 223–272.
Lohndal, Terje (2012). Towards the end of argument structure. In M. C. Cuervo and Y. Roberge (eds.), The end of argument structure?, 156–184. Bingley: Emerald.
Lohndal, Terje and Juan Uriagereka (2010). The logic of parametric theories. Theoretical Linguistics 36, 69–76.
Longobardi, Giuseppe (1984). Connectedness and island constraints. In J. Guéron, H.-G. Obenauer, and J.-Y. Pollock (eds), Grammatical representation, 161–85. Dordrecht: Foris.
Longobardi, Giuseppe (1994). Reference and proper names: A theory of N-movement in syntax and Logical Form. Linguistic Inquiry 25, 609–665.
Longobardi, Giuseppe (2001). The structure of DPs: Some principles, parameters and problems. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 562–601.
Longobardi, Giuseppe (2003). Methods in parametric linguistics and cognitive history. Linguistic Variation Yearbook 3, 101–38.
Longobardi, Giuseppe (2005). Toward a unified grammar of reference. Zeitschrift fur Sprachwissenschaft 24, 5–44.
López, Luis (1995). Polarity and predicate anaphora. PhD dissertation, Cornell University.
López, Luis (2009). A derivational syntax for information structure (Oxford Studies in Theoretical Linguistics 23). Oxford University Press.
Lorimer, David L. R. (1935). The Burushaski language 1: Introduction and grammar, vol. 1. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Lötscher, Andreas (1972). Some problems concerning Standard German relative clauses. In P. M. Peranteau, J. N. Levi, and G. C. Phares (eds.), The Chicago which hunt. Papers From the Relative Clause Festival, 47–58. Chicago, IL: Chicago Linguistics Society.
Luce, Duncan, Robert Bush, and Eugene Galanter (eds.) (1965). Readings in mathematical psychology 2. New York: Wiley and Sons.
Luck, Steven J. (2005). An introduction to the event-related potential technique. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Ludlow, Peter (2005). A note on alleged cases of nonsentential assertion. In R. Elugardo and R. Stainton (eds.), Ellipsis and non-sentential speech, 95–108. Dordrecht: Springer.
Lutz, Uli, Gereon Müller, and Arnim von Stechow (eds.) (2000). Wh-scope marking. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Lyons, Christopher (1995). Voice, aspect and arbitrary arguments. In J. Smith and M. Maiden (eds.), Linguistic theory and the Romance languages, 77–114. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Lyons, John (1968). Introduction to theoretical linguistics. Cambridge University Press.
MacDonald, Jonathan (2008). The syntactic nature of inner aspect: A Minimalist perspective. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
MacDonald, Maryellen, Marcel Just, and Patricia Carpenter (1992). Working memory constraints on the processing of syntactic ambiguity. Cognitive Psychology 24, 56–98.
MacDonald, Maryellen, Neal Pearlmutter, and Mark Seidenberg (1994). Lexical nature of syntactic ambiguity resolution. Psychological Review 191, 676–703.
Madigan, Sean (2009). Control constructions in Korean. PhD dissertation, University of Delaware.
Mahajan, Anoop (1990). The A/A-bar distinction and movement theory. PhD thesis, MIT.
Mahajan, Anoop (1991). Clitic doubling, object agreement and specificity. NELS 21, 263–277.
Mahajan, Anoop (1994). The ergativity parameter: have–be alternation, word order and split ergativity. In M. Gonzalez (ed.), Proceedings of North Eastern Linguistic Society 24, 317–331. Amherst, MA: GSLA.
Mahajan, Anoop (2000). Towards a unified treatment of wh-expletives in Hindi and German. In Lutz, Müller, and von Stechow (2000), 317–332.
Maienborn, Claudia and Martin Schäfer (2011). Adverbs and adverbials. In C. Maienborn, K. von Heusinger, and P. Portner (eds.), Semantics. An international handbook of natural language meaning: Vol. 1 (Handbook of Linguistics and Communication Science), 1390–1420. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Makihara, Hideo (2005). On the past tense in Japanese relative clauses. PhD dissertation, University of Washington, Seattle.
Makuuchi, Michiru, Jörg Bahlmann, Alfred Anwander, and Angela Friederici (2009). Segregating the core computational faculty of human language from working memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 106, 8362–8367.
Maling, Joan (1983). Transitive adjectives: A case of categorial reanalysis. In F. Heny and B. Richards (eds.), Linguistic categories: Auxiliaries and related puzzles, Vol. 1, 253–289. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Maling, Joan (2001). Dative: The heterogeneity of mapping among morphological case, grammatical functions, and thematic roles. Lingua 111, 419–464.
Maling, Joan (2002). Verbs with dative objects in Icelandic. ´Islenskt m´al 24: 31–105.
Maling, Joan and Annie Zaenen (eds.) (1990). Syntax and semantics 24: Modern Icelandic syntax. San Diego: Academic Press.
Manaster-Ramer, Alexis and Michael B. Kac (1990). The concept of phrase structure. Linguistics and Philosophy 13, 325–362.
Manning, Christopher D. (1996). Ergativity: Argument structure and grammatical relations (Dissertations in Linguistics). Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Manning, Christopher D. (2003). Probabilistic syntax. In Bod, Hay, and Jannedy (2003), 289–342.
Manning, Christopher D. and Ivan A. Sag (1999). Dissociations between argument structure and grammatical relations. In G. Webelhuth, J.-P. Koenig, and A. Kathol (eds.), Lexical and constructional aspects of linguistic explanation, 63–78. Stanford, CA: CSLI, Publications.
Manzini, Maria Rita (1983). On control and control theory. Linguistic Inquiry 14, 421–446.
Manzini, Maria Rita (1986). On control and binding theory. Northeastern Linguistic Society 16, 322–337.
Manzini, Maria Rita (1992). Locality: A theory and some of its empirical consequences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Manzini, Maria Rita (1994). Locality, Minimalism, and parasitic gaps. Linguistic Inquiry 25, 481–508.
Manzini, Maria Rita and Anna Roussou (2000). A Minimalist theory of A-movement and control. Lingua 110, 409–447.
Manzini, Maria Rita and Leonardo Savoia (2005). I dialetti italiani e romanci. Alessandria: Edizioni dell’Orso.
Manzini, Maria Rita and Kenneth Wexler (1987). Parameters, binding, and learning theory. Linguistic Inquiry 18, 413–444.
Marácz, László (1989). Asymmetries in Hungarian. PhD dissertation, University of Groningen.
Marantz, Alec (1984). On the nature of grammatical relations, (Linguistic Inquiry Monographs 10). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Marantz, Alec (1991). Case and licensing. Paper presented at The 8th Eastern States Conference on Linguistics, University of Maryland, Baltimore.
Marantz, Alec (1993). Implications of asymmetries in double object constructions. In S. Mchombo (ed.), Aspects of Bantu grammar 1, 113–150. Stanford, CA: CSLI, Publications.
Marantz, Alec (1997). No escape from syntax: Don’t try morphological analysis in the privacy of your own lexicon. In A. Dimitriadis and L. Siegel (eds.), Proceedings of the 21st Annual Penn Linguistics Colloquium (University of Pennsylvania Working Papers in Linguistics), 201–225. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania.
Marchis, Mihaela and Artemis Alexiadou (2008). On the distribution of adjectives in Romanian: The cel construction. In E. Aboh, E. van der Linden, J. Quer, and P. Sleeman (eds.), Romance languages and linguistic theory: Selected papers from ‘Going Romance’ Amsterdam 2007, 161–178. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Markman, Ellen (1990). Constraints children place on word meanings. Cognitive Science 14, 57–77.
Markman, Vita (2009). On the parametric variation of case and agreement. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 27, 379–426.
Marr, David (1982). Vision: A computational investigation into the human representation and processing of visual information. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Martí-Girbau, Núria (2010). The syntax of partitives. PhD dissertation, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona.
Martin, Alex (2007). The representation of object concepts in the brain. Annual Review of Psychology 58, 25–45.
Martin, Roger (1992). On the distribution and case features of PRO. Unpublished ms., University of Connecticut.
Martin, Roger (1996). A Minimalist theory of PRO and control. PhD dissertation, University of Connecticut.
Martin, Roger (2001). Null Case and the distribution of PRO. Linguistic Inquiry 32, 141–166.
Martins, Anna-Maria (1994). Enclisis, VP-deletion and the nature of Sigma. Probus 6, 173–205.
Marušić, Franc (2005). On non-simultaneous phases. PhD dissertation, SUNY, Stony Brook.
Massam, Diane (2009). The morpho-syntax of tense particles in Niuean. In F. Mailhot (ed.), Proceedings of the 2009 Annual Conference of the Canadian Linguistics Association.
Masullo, Pascual José and Marcela A. Depiante (2004). Variable vs. intrinsic features in Spanish nominal ellipsis. Unublished ms., University of Pittsburgh and Universidad de Comahue.
Matthews, George Hubert (1965). Hidatsa syntax. The Hague: Mouton.
Matthewson, Lisa (1998). Determiner systems and quantificational strategies. Evidence from Salish (Worlds’ theses 1). The Hague: Holland Academic Graphics.
Matushansky, Ora (2003). DPs and Phase theory. Handout UiL OTS, 30 January 2003.
Matushansky, Ora and
Benjamin Spector (
2005).
Tinker, tailor, soldier, spy. In
E. Maier,
C. Bary, and
J. Huitink (eds.),
Proceedings of Sinn und Bedeutung 9 (9th Sinn und Bedeutung conference of the Gesellschaft für Semantik, NCS),
241–255.
Nijmegen.:
Radboud University. Available at:
http://www.ru.nl/ncs/sub9.
May, Robert (1977). The grammar of quantification. PhD thesis, MIT.
May, Robert (1985). Logical Form: Its structure and derivation. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Mazoyer, B. M., N. Tzourio, V. Frak, A. Syrota, N. Murayama, O. Levrier, G. Salamon, S. Dehaene, L. Cohen, and J. Mehler (1993). The cortical representation of speech. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 5, 467–479.
McCarthy, John (2007). Hidden generalizations: Phonological opacity in Optimality Theory. London: Equinox Publications.
McCarthy, John (2008). The serial interaction of stress and syncope. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 26, 499–546.
McCawley, James D. (1968a). Concerning the base component of a transformational grammar. Foundations of Language 4, 243–269.
McCawley, James D. (1968b). The role of semantics in a grammar. I E. Bach and R. T. Harms (eds.), Universals in linguistic theory, 124–169. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
McCawley, James D. (1981). The syntax and semantics of English relative clauses. Lingua 53, 99–149.
McCawley, James D. (1982). Parentheticals and discontinuous constituent structure. Linguistic Inquiry 13, 91–106.
McCawley, James D. (1988). Adverbial NPs: Bare or clad in see-through garb. Language 64, 583–590.
McCawley, James D. (1989). Individuation in and of syntactic structures. In Baltin and Kroch (1989), 117–138.
McCawley, James D. (1991). Contrastive negation and metalinguistic negation. In L. Dobrin, L. Nichols, and R. Rodriguez (eds.), The parasession on negation (CLS 27), 189–206. Chicago, IL: Chicago Linguistic Society.
McCloskey, James (1979). Transformational syntax and model theoretic semantics: A case-study in Modern Irish. Dordrecht/Boston: D. Reidel.
McCloskey, James (1991). Clause structure, ellipsis and proper government in Irish. Lingua 85, 259–302.
McCloskey, James (1992). Adjunction, selection and embedded verb second (Working Paper LRC-92-07). Santa Cruz: Linguistics Research Center, University of California.
McCloskey, James (1996). On the scope of verb movement in Irish. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 14, 47–104.
McCloskey, James (2000). Quantifier float and wh-movement in an Irish English. Linguistic Inquiry 31, 57–84.
McCloskey, James (2001). The morphosyntax of wh-extraction in Irish. Journal of Linguistics 37, 67–100.
McCloskey, James (2002). Resumption, successive cyclicity, and the locality of operations. In S. D. Epstein and T. D. Seely (eds.), Derivation and explanation in the Minimalist Program, 184–226. Oxford: Blackwell.
McCloskey, James (2004). A note on predicates and heads in Irish clausal syntax. In A. Carnie, H. Harley, and S. A. Dooley (eds.), Verb first. On the syntax of verb-initial languages, 155–174. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company.
McClure, William (1994). Syntactic projections of the semantics of aspect. PhD thesis, Cornell University.
McConnell-Ginet, Sally (1982). Adverbs and logical form: A linguistically realistic theory. Language 58, 144–184.
McDaniel, Dana (1989). Partial and multiple wh-movement. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7, 565–604.
McFadden, Thomas (2004). The position of morphological case in the derivation. PhD dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.
Mchombo, Sam (2004). The syntax of Chichewa. Cambridge University Press.
McKinnon, Richard and Lee Osterhout (1996). Constraints on movement phenomena in sentence processing: Evidence from event-related brain potentials. Language and Cognitive Processes 11, 495–524.
McKoon, Gail, Roger Ratcliff, and Gregory Ward (1994). Testing theories of language processing: An empirical investigation of the on-line lexical decision task. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 20, 1219–1228.
McNally, Louise and Christopher Kennedy (eds.) (2008). Adjectives and adverbs: Syntax, semantics, and discourse. Oxford University Press.
Mehl, Matthias R., Simine Vazire, Nairán Ramirez-Esparza, Richard B. Slatcher, and James W. Pennebaker (2007). Are women really more talkative than men? Science 317, 82.
Menendez-Benito, Paula (2005). The grammar of choice. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Merchant, Jason (1998). ‘Pseudosluicing’: Elliptical clefts in Japanese and English. In A. Alexiadou, N. Fuhrhop, P. Law, and U. Kleinhenz (eds.), ZAS Working Papers in Linguistics 10, 88–112. Berlin: Zentrum für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft.
Merchant, Jason (2000a). Economy, the copy theory, and antecedent-contained deletion. Linguistic Inquiry 31, 566–575.
Merchant, Jason (2000b). Antecedent-contained deletion in negative polarity items. Syntax 3, 144–150.
Merchant, Jason (2001). The syntax of silence. Sluicing, islands and the theory of ellipsis. Oxford University Press.
Merchant, Jason (2002). Swiping in Germanic. In C. J.-W. Zwart and W. Abraham (eds.), Studies in comparative Germanic syntax, 289–315. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Merchant, Jason (2004). Fragments and ellipsis. Linguistics and Philosophy 27, 661–738.
Merchant, Jason (2006). Why no(t)? Style 20, 20–23.
Merchant, Jason (2007). Voice and ellipsis. Unpublished ms., University of Chicago.
Merchant, Jason (2008a). An asymmetry in voice mismatches in VP-ellipsis and pseudogapping. Linguistic Inquiry 39, 169–179.
Merchant, Jason (2008b). Variable island repair under ellipsis. In K. Johnson (ed.), Topics in ellipsis, 132–153. Cambridge University Press.
Merchant, Jason (2009a). Ellipsis. In A. Alexiadou, T. Kiss, and M. Butt (eds.), Handbook of contemporary syntax, 2nd edn. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
Merchant, Jason (2009b). Phrasal and clausal comparatives in Greek and the abstractness of syntax. Journal of Greek Linguistics 9, 134–164.
Merchant, Jason (2011). Not all (elided) genders are equal: Evidence from nominal ellipsis in greek. Unpublished ms., University of Chicago.
Merchant, Jason (to appear a). Diagnosing ellipsis. In L. Cheng and N. Corver (eds.), Diagnosing syntax. Oxford University Press.
Merchant, Jason (to appear b). Polarity items under ellipsis. In L. Cheng and N. Corver (eds.), Diagnosing syntax. Oxford University Press.
Meyer, Martin, Angela Friederici, and D. Yves von Cramon (2000). Neurocognition of auditory sentence comprehension: Event related fMRI reveals sensitivity to syntactic violations and task demands. Cognitive Brain Research 9, 19–33.
Michaelis, Jens and Marcus Kracht (1997). Semilinearity as a syntactic invariant. In C. Retoré (ed.), Logical aspects of computational linguistics (Lecture Notes in Computer Science 1328), 329–345. New York: Springer.
Miestamo, M. (2005). Standard negation. The negation of declarative verbal main clauses in a typological perspective (Empirical Approaches to Language Typology 31). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Mikkelsen, Line (2002). Specification is not inverted predication. In M. Hirotani (ed.), Proceedings of NELS 32, 403–422. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Mikkelsen, Line (2004). Specifying who: On the structure, meaning, and use of specificational copular clauses. PhD thesis, University of California at Santa Cruz.
Mikkelsen, Line (2005). Copular clauses: Specification, predication and equation (Linguistik Aktuell 85). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Mikkelsen, Line (2011). On prosody and focus in object shift. Syntax 14, 230–264.
Miller, George A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or minus two: Some limits on our capacity for processing information. The Psychological Review 63, 81–97.
Miller, Jim and Regina Weinert (1998). Spontaneous spoken language: Syntax and discourse. Oxford: Clarendon.
Miyagawa, Shigeru (1989). Structure and case marking in Japanese. San Diego: Academic Press, Inc.
Mohanan, K. P. (1983). Functional and anaphoric control. Linguistic Inquiry 14, 641–674.
Mohanan, Tara (1994). Argument structure in Hindi (Dissertations in Linguistics). Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Mohanan, Tara (1995). Wordhood and lexicality: Noun incorporation in Hindi. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 13, 75–134.
Monachesi, Paola (1999). A lexical approach to Italian cliticization. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Montague, Richard (1970). Universal grammar. Theoria 36, 373–398.
Montague, Richard (1973). The proper treatment of quantification in ordinary English. In K. Hintikka, J. Moravcsik, and P. Suppes (eds.), Approaches to natural language, 221–242. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Montague, Richard (1974). Formal philosophy: Selected papers of Richard Montague, R. H. Thomason (ed). New Haven: Yale University Press.
Morgan, Jerry (1973). Sentence fragments and the notion ‘sentence’. In B. Kachru, R. B. Lees, Y. Malkiel, A. Pietrangeli, and S. Saporta (eds.), Issues in linguistics, 719–751. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.
Morgan, Jerry (1989). Sentence fragments revisited. In B. Music, R. Graczyk, and C. Wiltshire (eds.), CLS 25, parasession on language in context, 228–241. , Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.
Moro, Andrea (1988). Per una teoria unificata delle frasi copulari. Rivista di Grammatica Generativa 13, 81–110.
Moro, Andrea (1990). There-raising: Principles across levels. Paper presented at the 13th GLOW Colloquium, Cambridge, England.
Moro, Andrea (1991). The raising of predicates: Copula, expletives and existence. In L. L. S. Cheng and H. Demirdash (eds.), MIT working papers in linguistics 15, 183–218. Cambridge, MA: MIT.
Moro, Andrea (1997). The raising of predicates: Predicative noun phrases and the theory of clause structure. Cambridge University Press.
Moro, Andrea (2000). Dynamic antisymmetry. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Mortensen, David (2003). Two kinds of variable elements in Hmong anaphora. Unpublished ms., UC Berkeley.
Moscati, Vincenzo (2010). The scope of negation. Cambridge: Cambridge Scholars Press.
Mountcastle, Vernon B. (1997). The columnar organization of the neocortex. Brain 120, 701–722.
Müller, Gereon (2000). Shape conservation and remnant movement. In A. Hirotani, N. Hall Coetzee, and J.-Y. Kim (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 30, 525–539. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Müller, Gereon (2001). Order preservation, parallel movement, and the emergence of the unmarked. In G. Legendre, J. Grimshaw, and S. Vikner (eds.), Optimality-theoretic syntax (MITWPL), 113–142. Cambridge, MA/London: MIT Press.
Müller, Gereon (2004a). Phrase impenetrability and wh-intervention. In A. Stepanov, G. Fanselow, and R. Vogel (eds.), Minimality effects in syntax, 289–325. Berlin: de Gruyter.
Müller, Gereon (2004b). Verb-second as vP-first. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 7, 197–234.
Müller, Gereon (2006). Deriving MLC effects. Unpublished ms., University of Leipzig.
Müller, Gereon (2010). On deriving CED effects from the PIC. Linguistic Inquiry 41, 35–82.
Müller, Gereon and Wolfgang Sternefeld (1993). Improper movement and unambiguous binding. Linguistic Inquiry 24, 461–507.
Müller, Gereon and Wolfgang Sternefeld (eds.) (2001). Competition in Syntax (Studies in Generative Grammar 49). Berlin/New York: de Gruyter.
Müller, Oliver and Peter Hagoort (2006). Access to lexical information in language comprehension: Semantics before syntax. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 18, 84–96.
Müller, Stefan (1999). Deutsche Syntax deklarativ. Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar für das Deutsche (Volume Linguistische Arbeiten). Tübingen: Niemeyer.
Müller, Stefan (2002). Complex predicates: Verbal complexes, resultative constructions, and particle verbs in German (Studies in Constraint-Based Lexicalism 13). Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications
Müller, Stefan (2004). Continuous or discontinuous constituents? A comparison between syntactic analyses for constituent order and their processing systems. Research on Language and Computation 2, 209–257.
Müller, Stefan (2010). Grammatiktheorie (in Stauffenburg Einführungen 20). Tübingen: Stauffenburg Verlag.
Mummery, C. J., K. Patterson, R. J. S. Wise, R. Vandenbergh, C. J. Price, and J. R. Hodges (1999). Disrupted temporal lobe connections in semantic dementia. Brain 122, 61–73.
Munn, Alan (1993). Topics in the syntax and semantics of coordinate structures. PhD dissertation, University of Maryland, College Park.
Münte, Thomas and Hans-Jochen Heinze (1994). ERP negativities during syntactic processing of written words. In H. J. Heinze, T. F. Münte, and H. R. Mangun (eds.), Cognitive electrophysiology, 211–238. La Jolla, CA: Birkhauser.
Münte, Thomas, Mike Matzke, and Sönke Johannes (1997). Brain activity associated with syntactic incongruencies in words and pseudo-words. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 9, 318–329.
Murasugi, Keiko (1992). NP-movement and the ergative parameter. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Musan, Renate (1999). Temporal interpretation and information-status of noun phrases. Linguistics and Philosophy 22, 621–661.
Musolino, Julien, Stephen Crain, and Rosalind Thornton (2000). Navigating negative semantic space. Linguistics 38, 1–32.
Muysken, Pieter (1983). Parametrizing the notion ‘head’. Journal of Linguistic Research 2, 57–75.
Muysken, Pieter (2008). Functional categories. Cambridge University Press.
Muysken, Pieter and Henk van Riemsdijk (1986). Projecting features and featuring projections. In. P. Muysken and H. van Riemsdijk (eds.), Features and projections, 1–30. Dordrecht: Foris.
Namai, Kenichi (1997). The multiple subject construction in Japanese. PhD thesis, Georgetown University.
Napoli, Donna Jo (1988). Subjects and external arguments: Clauses and non-clauses. Linguistics and Philosophy 11, 323–354.
Napoli, Donna Jo (1989). Predication: A case study for indexing theory (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics 59). Cambridge University Press.
Nedjalkov, Vladimir (2007). Reciprocal constructions (Typological Studies in Language 71). Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Neeleman, Ad (1994a). Complex predicates. PhD thesis, Utrecht University.
Neeleman, Ad (1994b). Scrambling as a D-structure phenomenon. In Corver and van Riemsdijk (1994), 387–430.
Neeleman, Ad and Hans van de Koot (2002). The configurational matrix. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 529–574.
Neeleman, Ad, Hans van de Koot, and Jenny Doetjes (2004). Degree expressions. The Linguistic Review 21, 1–66.
Neeleman, Ad and Tanya Reinhart (1998). Scrambling and the PF interface. In M. Butt and W. Geuder (eds.), The projection of arguments, 309–353. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Neijt, Anneke (1979). Gapping: A contribution to sentence grammar. Dordrecht: Foris.
Nespor, Marina and Irene B. Vogel (1986). Prosodic phonology. Dordrecht: Foris.
Neville, Helen, Janet Nicol, Andrew Barss, Kenneth Forster, and Merrill Garrett (1991). Syntactically based sentence processing classes: Evidence from event-related brain potentials. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 3, 151–165.
Nevins, Andrew (2010). Multiple Agree with clitics: Person complementarity vs. omnivorous number. Unpublished ms., University College London.
Newmeyer, Frederick J. (1983). Grammatical theory: Its limits and its possibilities. University of Chicago Press.
Newmeyer, Frederick J. (1991). Functional explanation in linguistics and the origins of language. Language and Communication 11, 3–28.
Newmeyer, Frederick J. (2004). Against a parameter-setting approach to typological variation. In P. Pica, J. Rooryck, and J. van Craenembroek (eds.), Language variation yearbook, Vol. 4, 181–234. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Newmeyer, Frederick J. (2005). Possible and probable languages. A generative perspective on linguistic typology. Oxford University Press.
Newmeyer, Frederick J. (2006). Negation and modularity. In B. Birner and G. Ward, Drawing the boundaries of meaning: Neo-Gricean studies in pragmatics and semantics in honor of Laurence R. Horn, 247–268. Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Newmeyer, Frederick J. (2010a). What conversational English tells us about the nature of grammar: A critique of Thompson’s analysis of object complements. In K. Boye and E. Engberg-Pedersen (eds.), Usage and structure: A festschrift for Peter Harder, 3–43. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Newmeyer, Frederick J. (2010b). Accounting for rare typological features in formal syntax: Three strategies and some general remarks. In M. Cysouw and J. Wolgemuth (eds.), Rethinking universals: How rarities affect linguistic theory, 195–222. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Ngonyani, Deo (1996). VP ellipsis in Ndendeule and Swahili applicatives. In E. Garrett and F. Lee (eds.), Syntax at sunset: UCLA working papers in syntax and semantics, 1, 109–128.
Nichols, Johanna (1986). Head-marking and dependent-marking grammar. Language 62, 56–119.
Nicol, Janet, Janet Dean Fodor, and David Swinney (1994). Using cross-modal lexical decision tasks to investigate sentence processing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 20, 1–10.
Nicol, Janet and David Swinney (1989). The role of structure in coreference assignment during sentence comprehension. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 18, 5–19.
Nida, Eugene A. (1966). A synopsis of English grammar. The Hague: Mouton.
Nieuwland, Mante, and Jos van Berkum (2006). When peanuts fall in love: N400 evidence for the power of discourse. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 18, 1098–1111.
Nilsen, Øystein (1998). The syntax of circumstantial adverbials. MA thesis, University of Tromsø.
Nilsen, Ø. (2003). Eliminating positions: Syntax and semantics of sentential modification. PhD disseration, Universiteit Utrecht.
Nilsen, Ø. (2004). Domains for adverbs. Lingua 114, 809–847.
Nishigauchi, Taisuke (1986). Quantification in syntax. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Nishigauchi, Taisuke and Thomas Roeper (1987). Deductive parameters and the growth of empty categories. In Roeper and Williams (1987), 91–122.
Nishiyama, Kunio (1999). Adjectives and the copula in Japanese. Journal of East Asian Linguistics 8, 183–222.
Nissenbaum, Jon (1998). Movement and derived predicates: Evidence from parasitic gaps. In U. Sauerland and O. Percus (eds.), The interpretive tract (MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 25), 247–295. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Nissenbaum, Jon (2000). Investigations of covert phrase movement. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Noonan, Máire (2010). À to ZU. In Cinque and Rizzi (2010b), 161–195.
Noppeney, U., K. Patterson, L. K. Tyler, H. E. Moss, E. A. Stamatakis, P. Bright, C. Mummery, and C. J. Price (2007). Temporal lobe lesions and semantic impairment: A comparison of herpes simplex virus encephalitis and semantic dementia. Brain 130, 1138–1147.
Nordlinger, Rachel (1998). Constructive case: Evidence from Australian languages (Stanford Dissertations in Linguistics). Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Nordlinger, Rachel and Louisa Sadler (2004). Nominal tense in cross-linguistic perspective. Language 80, 776–806.
Nordlinger, Rachel and Louisa Sadler (2008). When is a temporal marker not a tense? Reply to Tonhauser 2007. Language 84, 325–331.
Notley, Anna, Peng Zhou, Britta Jensen and Stephen Crain (in press). Children’s interpretation of disjunction in the scope of ‘before’: A comparison of English and Mandarin. Journal of Child Language.
Nunes, Jairo (1995). The copy theory of movement and linearization of chains in the Minimalist Program. PhD dissertation, University of Maryland.
Nunes, Jairo (2004). Linearization of chains and sideward movement. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Nunes, Jairo and Juan Uriagereka (2000). Cyclicity and extraction domains. Syntax 3, 20–43.
Nunes, Jairo and Cynthia Zocca (2005). Morphological identity in ellipsis. In Leiden working papers in linguistics 2.2, 29–42. Leiden University.
Nunes, Jairo and Cynthia Zocca (2010). Lack of morphological identity and ellipsis resolution in Brazilian Portuguese. In Jairo Nunes (ed.), Minimalist essays on Brazilian Portuguese syntax, 215–236. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Nunez, Paul and Ramesh Srinivasan (2006). Electric fields of the brain: The neurophysics of EEG. Oxford University Press.
O’Grady, William (1998). The syntax of idioms. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 16, 279–312.
O’Neill, James (1995). Out of control. In J. N. Beckman (ed.), Proceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting of the North East Linguistic Society, 361–371. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Obata, Miki (2010). Root, successive-cyclic and feature-splitting internal merge: Implications for feature-inheritance and transfer. PhD dissertation, University of Michigan.
Obenauer, Hans-Georg (1984). On the identification of empty categories. The Linguistic Review 4, 153–202.
Obenauer, Hans-Georg (1994). Aspects de la Syntaxe A′. PhD thesis, University of Paris 8.
Oehrle, Richard (1976). The grammatical status of the English dative alternation. PhD thesis, MIT.
Ogihara, Toshiyuki (1995). The semantics of tense in embedded clauses. Linguistic Inquiry 26, 663–679.
Ogihara, Toshiyuki (1996). Tense, attitudes and scope. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Ogihara, Toshiyuki (2007). Tense and aspect in truth-conditional semantics. Lingua 117, 392–418.
Oosthuizen, Johan (1998). The final nie in Afrikaans negative sentences. Stellenbosch Papers in Linguistics 31, 61–93.
Orgun, C. Orhan (1996). Sign-based morphology and phonology: With special attention to Optimality Theory. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley.
Ortiz de Urbina, Jon (1989). Parameters in the grammar of Basque. Dordrecht: Foris.
Osterhout, Lee (1999). A superficial resemblance does not necessarily mean you are part of the family: Counterarguments to Coulson, King and Kutas (1998) in the p600/sps-p300 debate. Language and Cognitive Processes 14, 1–14.
Osterhout, Lee and Phillip Holcomb (1992). Event-related brain potentials elicited by syntactic anomaly. Journal of Memory and Language 31, 785–806.
Osterhout, Lee, Phillip Holcomb, and David Swinney (1994). Brain potentials elicited by garden-path sentences: Evidence of the application of verb information during parsing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 20, 786–803.
Osterhout, Lee and Linda Mobley (1995). Event-related brain potentials elicited by failure to agree. Journal of Memory and Language 34, 739–773.
Osterhout, Lee and Janet Nicol (1999). On the distinctiveness, independence, and time course of the brain responses to syntactic and semantic anomalies. Language and Cognitive Processes 14, 283–317.
Otani, Kazuyo and John Whitman (1991). V-raising and VP-ellipsis. Linguistic Inquiry 22, 345–358.
Ouali, H. (2005). Negation and negative polarity items in Berber. In M. Ettlinger, N. Fleisher, and M. Park-Doob (eds.), Proceedings of the Thirtieth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 330–340. Berkeley Linguistics Society.
Ouhalla, Jamal (1991a). Functional categories and parametric variation. London/New York: Routledge.
Ouhalla, Jamal (1991b). Functional categories and the head parameter. Paper presented at the 14th GLOW Colloquium, Leiden.
Øvrelid, Lilja (2004). Disambiguation of syntactic functions in Norwegian: Modeling variation in word order interpretations conditioned by animacy and definiteness. In F. Karlsson (ed.), Proceedings of the 20th Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, xx–xxx. University of Helsinki.
Paardekooper, Piet Cornelis (1961). Persoonsvorm en Voegwoord. Nieuwe Taalgids 54, 296–301.
Pak, Marjorie (2008). The postsyntactic derivation and its phonological reflexes. PhD dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.
Palmer, Frank (2001). Mood and modality, 2nd edn. Cambridge University Press.
Panagiotidis, Phoevos (2003a). One, empty nouns and θ-assignment. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 281–292.
Panagiotidis, Phoevos (2003b). Empty nouns. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 12, 381–432.
Pantcheva, Marina (2006). Persian preposition classes. In P. Svenonius (ed.), Nord lyd: Tromsø Working Papers in Linguistics 33, 1–25. Tromsø: CASTL.
Panther, Klaus-Uwe (1993). Kontrollphänomene im Englischen und Deutschen aus Semantisch-pragmatisher Perspektive. Tübingen: Narr.
Park, So-Young (2008). Functional categories: The syntax of DP and DegP. PhD dissertation, USC.
Parsons, Terence (1990). Events in the semantics of English: A study in subatomic semantics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Partee, Barbara H. (1973). Some structural analogies between tenses and pronouns in English. Journal of Philosophy 70, 601–609.
Partee, Barbara (1986). Ambiguous pseudoclefts with unambiguous be. In S. Berman, J.-W. Choe, and J. McDonough (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 16, 354–366. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Partee, Barbara (1987). Noun phrase interpretation and type-shifting principles. In J. Groenendijk, D. de Jongh, and M. Stokhof (eds.), Studies in discourse representation theory and the theory of generalized quantifiers (Groningen-Amsterdam Studies in Semantics 5), 115–143. Dordrecht: Foris.
Partee, Barbara (1999). Copula inversion puzzles in English and Russian. In K. Dziwirek, H. Coats, and C. M. Vakareliyska (eds.), Annual Workshop on Formal Approaches to Slavic Linguistics: The Seattle Meeting, 1998, 361–395. Ann Arbor: Michigan Slavic Publications.
Partee, Barbara H. and Mats Rooth (1983). Generalized conjunction and type ambiguity. In R. Bauerle, C. Schwarze, and A. von Stechow (eds.), Meaning, use and interpretation of language, 361–383. Berlin: de Gruyter.
Patterson, Karalyn, Peter Nestor, and Timothy Rogers (2007). Where do you know what you know? The representation of semantic knowledge in the human brain. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 8, 976–987.
Payne, John (1985). Negation. In T. Shopen (ed.), Language typology and syntactic description. Vol. I: Clause structure, 197–242. Cambridge University Press.
Pearce, Elizabeth (1999). Topic and Focus in a head-initial language: Maori. In C. Smallwood and C. Kitto, Proceedings of AFLA vi. The Sixth Meeting of the Austronesian Formal Linguistics Association, held at the University of Toronto April 16–18, 1999, pp. 249–263. University of Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics.
Penka, Doris (2007). Negative indefintes. PhD dissertation, Tübingen University.
Penka, Doris and Hedde Zeijlstra (2010). Negation and polarity: An introduction. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 28, 771–786.
Pereltsvaig, Asya (2007). Copular sentences in Russian: A theory of intra-clausal relations. (Studies in Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 70). Dordrecht: Springer.
Perlmutter, David M. (1968). Deep and surface constraints in syntax. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Perlmutter, David M. (1970). The two verbs begin. In R. Jacobs, and P. Rosenbaum (eds.). Readings in English transformational grammar, 107–119. Waltham, MA: Blaisdell.
Perlmutter, David M. (1972). Evidence for shadow pronouns in French relativization. In P. M. Peranteau, J. N. Levi, and G. C. Phares (eds.), The Chicago which hunt: Papers from the relative clause festival, 73–105. Chicago Linguistic Society.
Perlmutter, David M. (1978). Impersonal passives and the unaccusative hypothesis. In J. J. Jaeger, A. C. Woodbury, F. Ackerman, C. Chiarello, O. D. Gensler, J. Kingston, E. E. Sweetser, H. Thompson, and K. W. Whitler (eds.), Proceedings of the Fourth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 157–189. Berkeley: Berkeley Linguistics Society.
Perlmutter, David M. (1980). Relational grammar. In E. A. Moravcsik and J. R. Wirth (eds.), Syntax and semantics Vol. 13: Current approaches to syntax, 195–229. New York: Academic Press.
Perlmutter, David M. and Paul M. Postal (1984). The 1-advancement exclusiveness law. In D. M. Perlmutter and C. A. Rosen (eds.), Studies in relational grammar 2, 81–128. Chicago University Press.
Perlmutter, David and Scott Soames (1979). Syntactic argumentation and the structure of English. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.
Pesetsky, David (1982a) Complementizer-trace phenomena and the nominative island condition. The Linguistic Review 1, 297–343.
Pesetsky, David (1982b). Paths and categories. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Pesetsky, David (1985). Morphology and lexical form. The Linguistic Inquiry 16, 193–246.
Pesetsky, David (1987). Wh-in-situ: Movement and unselective binding. In E. Reuland and A. ter Meulen (eds.), The representation of (in)definiteness, 98–129. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Pesetsky, David (1991). Zero syntax: vol. 2: Infinitives. Unpublished ms., MIT.
Pesetsky, David (1995). Zero syntax: Experiencers and cascades. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Pesetsky, David (1997). Optimality Theory and syntax: Movement and pronunciation. In Archangeli and Langendoen (1997), 134–170.
Pesetsky, David (1998). Some optimality principles of sentence pronunciation. In P. Barbosa, D. Fox, P. Hagstrom, M. McGinnis, and D. Pesetsky (eds.), Is the best good enough?, 337–383. Cambridge, MA/London: MIT Press/MITWPL.
Pesetsky, David (2000). Phrasal movement and its kin. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Pesetsky, David and Esther Torrego (2001). T-to-C movement: Causes and consequences. In M. Kenstowicz (ed.), Ken Hale: A life in language, 355–426. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Pesetsky, David and Esther Torrego (2004). Tense, case, and the nature of syntactic categories. In Guéron and Lecarme (2004), 495–537.
Pesetsky, David and Esther Torrego (2007). The syntax of valuation and the interpretability of features. In S. Karimi, V. Samiian, and W. Wilkins (eds.), Phrasal and clausal architecture: Syntactic derivation and interpretation. In honor of Joseph E. Emonds, 262–294. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Peters, P. Stanley and Robert W. Ritchie (1973). On the generative power of transformational grammars. Information Sciences 6, 49–83.
Petten, Cyma van, Seana Coulson, Susan Rubin, Elena Plante, and Marjorie Parks (1999). Time course of word identification and semantic integration in spoken language. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 25, 394–417.
Petter, Marga (1998). Getting PRO under control. The Hague: Holland Academics Graphics.
Phillips, Colin (2006). The real-time status of island phenomena. Language 82, 795–823.
Phillips, Colin, Nina Kazanina, and Shani Abada (2005). ERP effects of the processing of syntactic long-distance dependencies. Cognitive Brain Research 22, 407–428.
Phillips, Colin and Shevaun Lewis (2012). Derivational order in syntax: Evidence and architectural consequences. In C. Chesi (ed.), Directions in derivations. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Pica, Pierre (1984). Liage et contiguité. In J. C. Milner (ed.), Actes de la table ronde sur l’anaphore (Cahiers de l’ERA 642). Paris: Université de Paris VII.
Pica, Pierre (1986). De quelques implications théoriques de l’étude des relations à longue distance. In M. Ronat and D. Couquaux, La grammaire modulaire, 187–209. Paris: Minuit.
Pica, Pierre (1987). On the nature of the reflexivization cycle. In The Proceedings of NELS 17, 483–499. Amherst: GLSA.
Pica, Pierre (1991). Antecedent government and binding: The case of long distance reflexivization. In J. Koster and E. Reuland Long-distance anaphora, 119–135. Cambridge University Press.
Picallo, Carme (1991). Nominals and nominalization in Catalan. Probus 3, 279–316.
Pierrehumbert, Janet (1980). The phonology and phonetics of English intonation. PhD thesis, MIT.
Pike, Kenneth L. (1943). Taxemes and immediate constituents. Language 19, 65–82.
Pinker, Steven (1984). Language learnability and language development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Pinker, S. (1989). Learnability and cognition: The acquisition of argument structure. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Pinker, Steven and Paul Bloom (1990). Natural language and natural selection. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 13, 707–784.
Plann, Susan (1982). Indirect questions in Spanish. Linguistic Inquiry 13, 297–312.
Platzack, Christer (1987). The Scandinavian languages and the null subject parameter. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5, 377–401.
Plessis, Hans du (1977). Wh-movement in Afrikaans. Linguistic Inquiry 8, 723–726.
Poletto, Cecilia (2000). The higher functional field in the Northern Italian dialects. Oxford University Press.
Poletto, C. (2008). On negation splitting and doubling. University of Venice – CNR Padua.
Poletto, Cecilia and Jean-Yves, Pollock (2001). On the left periphery of Romance interrogatives. Unpublished ms., Universities of Amiens and Padua.
Poletto, C. and Pollock, J.-Y. (2004). On wh-clitics, wh-doubling in French and some North-Eastern Italian dialects. Probus 16, 241–272.
Polinsky, Maria (2003). Non-canonical agreement is canonical. Transactions of the Philological Society 101, 279–312.
Polinsky, Maria and Eric Potsdam (2001). Long-distance agreement and topic in Tsez. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 19, 583–646.
Polinsky, Maria and Eric Potsdam (2002). Backward control. Linguistic Inquiry 33, 245–282.
Polinsky, Maria and Eric Potsdam (2006). Expanding the scope of control and raising. Syntax 9, 171–192.
Pollard, Carl (1984). Generalized Phrase Structure Grammars, Head Grammars and natural language. PhD thesis, Stanford.
Pollard, Carl (2005). Remarks on binding theory. In S. Müller (ed.). Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar (HPSG-2005), 561–577. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Pollard, Carl and Ivan A. Sag (1987). Information-based syntax and semantics. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Pollard, Carl and Ivan A. Sag (1992). Anaphors in English and the scope of Binding Theory. Linguistic Inquiry 23, 261–303.
Pollard, Carl and Ivan A. Sag (1994). Head-driven Phrase Structure Grammar. University of Chicago Press.
Pollock, Jean-Yves (1989). Verb movement, Universal Grammar and the structure of IP. Linguistic Inquiry 20, 365–424.
Pollock, J.-Y. (1993). Notes on clause structure. Unpublished ms., Université de Picardie, Amiens.
Poser, William J. (1996). Noun classification in Carrier. Paper presented at the winter meeting of the Society for the Study of the Indigenous Languages of the Americas, San Diego, California.
Post, Emil L. (1943). Formal reductions of the general combinatorial decision problem. American Journal of Mathematics 65, 197–215.
Post, Emil L. (1944). Recursively enumerable sets of positive integers and their decision problems. Bulletin AMS 50, 284–316.
Post, Emil L. (1947). Recursive unsolvability of a problem of Thue. Journal of Symbolic Logic 12, 1–11.
Postal, Paul M. (1969). On so-called ‘pronouns’ in English. In D. Reibel and S. Schane (eds.), Modern studies in English, 201–244. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Postal, Paul M. (1970). On coreferential complement subject deletion. Linguistic Inquiry 1, 439–500.
Postal, Paul M. (1971). Cross-over phenomena. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Postal, Paul M. (1972). The best theory. S. Peters (ed.), Goals of linguistic theory, 131–170. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Postal, Paul M. (1974). On raising: One rule of English grammar and its theoretical implications. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Postal, Paul M. (1998). Three investigations of extraction. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Postal, Paul M. (2000). An introduction to the grammar of squat. Unpublished ms., NYU.
Postal, Paul M. (2001). Parasitic and pseudoparasitic gaps. In P. Culicover and P. Postal (eds.), Parasitic gaps, 253–313. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Postal, Paul M. and Geoffrey Pullum (1988). Expletive noun phrases in subcategorized positions. Linguistic Inquiry 19, 635–670.
Potsdam, Eric (1997). English verbal morphology and VP ellipsis. In K. Kusumoto (ed.), Proceedings of the NELS 27, 353–368. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Potsdam, Eric (2009). Malagasy backward object control. Language 85, 754–784.
Potsdam, Eric and Maria Polinsky (2007). Missing complement subjects in Malagasy. Oceanic Linguistics 46, 277–303.
Potsdam, Eric and Maria Polinsky (2012). Backward raising. Syntax 15, 75–108.
Potsdam, Eric and Jeffrey Runner (2001). Richard returns: Copy raising and its implications. In M. Andronis, C. Ball, H. Elston, and S. Neuvel (eds.), Proceedings of the 37th Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, 453–468. Chicago Linguistic Society, University of Chicago.
Potts, Christopher (2003). The logic of conventional implicatures. PhD thesis, UC Santa Cruz.
Preminger, Omer (2009). Breaking agreements: Distinguishing agreement and clitic doubling by their failures. Linguisitic Inquiry 40, 619–666.
Prince, Alan (1983). Relating to the grid. Journal of Linguistics 14, 19–100.
Prince, Alan and Paul Smolensky (1993). Optimality Theory: Constraint interaction in generative grammar. Technical Report 2, Rutgers University Center for Cognitive Science Technical Report.
Prince, Alan and Paul Smolensky (2004). Optimality Theory: Constraint interaction in generative grammar. Malden MA/Oxford: Blackwell.
Prior, Arthur N. (1967). Past, present and future. Oxford University Press.
Progovac, Ljiljana (1992). Negative polarity: A semantico-syntactic approach. Lingua 86, 271–299.
Progovac, Ljiljana (1993). Negative polarity: Downward entailment and binding. Linguistics and Philosophy 16, 149–180.
Progovac, Ljiljana (1994). Negative and positive polarity: A binding approach (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics 68). Cambridge University Press.
Progovac, Ljiljana (1998). Determiner phrase in a language without determiners. Journal of Linguistics 34, 165–179.
Progovac, Ljiljana, Kate Paesani, Eugenia Casielles, and Ellen Barton (2006). The syntax of nonsententials. Multidisciplinary perspectives. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Pullum, Geoffrey K. (2011). On the mathematics of Syntactic Structures. Journal of Logic, Language and Information 20, 277–296.
Pullum, Geoffrey K. and Barbara C. Scholz (2002). Empirical assessment of stimulus poverty arguments. The Linguistic Review 19, 9–50.
Pullum, Geoffrey K. and Arnold M. Zwicky (1986). Phonological resolution of syntactic feature conflict. Language 62, 751–773.
Puskás, Genoveva (2000) Word order in Hungarian (Linguistics Today). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company.
Pustejovsky, James (1995). The generative lexicon. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Pylkkänen, Liina (1999). Causation and external arguments. In L. Pylkkänen, A. van Hout, and H. Harley (eds.), Papers from the UPenn/MIT Roundtable on the Lexicon (MITWPL 35), 161–183. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Quer, Josep (1998). Mood at the interface. Utrecht: Utrecht Institute of Linguistics OTS.
Quirk, Randolph, Sidney Greenbaum, Geoffrey Leech, and Jan Svartvik (1985). A comprehensive grammar of the English language. London: Longman.
Rackowski, Andrea (2002). The structure of Tagalog: Specificity, voice and the distribution of arguments. PhD thesis, MIT.
Rackowski, Andrea and Norvin Richards (2005). Phase edge and extraction: A Tagalog case study. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 565–99.
Radford, Andrew (1990). Syntactic theory and the acquisition of English syntax. Oxford: Blackwell.
Radzinski, Daniel (1991). Chinese number-names, tree-adjoining languages, and mild context-sensitivity. Computational Linguistics 17, 277–299.
Rambow, Owen (1993). Mobile heads and strict lexicalization. Master’s thesis, University of Pennsylvania.
Ramchand, Gillian (1997). Aspect and predication: The semantics of argument structure. Oxford University Press.
Ramchand, G. (2005). Perfectivity as aspectual definiteness: Time and the event in Russian. Lingua 118, 1690–1715.
Ramchand, G. (2008). Verb meaning and the lexicon. A first phase syntax (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics 116). Cambridge University Press.
Randriamasimanana, Charles (1999). Clausal architecture and movement verbs in Malagasy. In E. Zeitoun and P. Jen-kuei Li (eds.), Selected Papers from the Eighth International Conference on Austronesian Linguistics, 509–527. Symposium Series of the Institute of Linguistics, Academia Sinica, Number 1. Taipei: Institute of Linguistics (Preparatory Office), Academia Sinica.
Rapoport, Tova (1987). Copular, nominal, and small clauses: A study of Israeli Hebrew. PhD thesis, MIT.
Rappaport, Gilbert (2001). Extraction from nominal phrases in Polish and the theory of determiners. Journal of Slavic Linguistics 8, 159–198.
Rappaport-Hovav, Malka and Beth Levin (2000). Classifying single argument verbs. In P. Coopmans, M. Everaert, and J. Grimshaw (eds.), Lexical specification and insertion, 269–304. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Reali, Florencia and Morten Christiansen (2005). Uncovering the richness of the stimulus: Structure dependence and indirect statistical evidence. Cognitive Science 29, 1007–1028.
Reape, Mike (1996). Getting things in order. In H. Bunt and A. van Horck (eds.), Discontinuous constituency, 209–254. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Reeve, Matthew (2009). Clefts. PhD thesis, UCL.
Reich, Ingo (2002). Question/answer congruence and the semantics of wh-phrases. Theoretical Linguistics 28, 73–94.
Reich, Ingo (2003). Frage, Antwort und Fokus. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.
Reichenbach, Hans (1947). Elements of symbolic logic. New York: The Macmillan Company.
Reinhart, Tanya (1975). ‘Whose main clause’: Point of view in sentences with parentheticals. In S. Kuno (ed.), Harvard studies in syntax and semantics, Vol. 1, 127–172. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Reinhart, Tanya (1976). The syntactic domain of anaphora. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Reinhart, Tanya (1979). Syntactic domains for semantic rules. In F. Guenthner and S. J. Schmidt (eds.), Formal semantics and pragmatics for natural language, 107–130. Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
Reinhart, Tanya (1981a). A second Comp position. In Belletti, Brandi, and Rizzi (1981), 517–557.
Reinhart, Tanya (1981b). Pragmatics and linguistics – An analysis of sentence topics. Philosophica 27, 53–94.
Reinhart, Tanya (1982). Pragmatics and linguistics: An analysis of sentence topics. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.
Reinhart, Tanya (1983). Anaphora and semantic interpretation. University of Chicago Press / London: Croon Helm.
Reinhart, Tanya (1991). Ellipsis conjunctions – Non quantificational LF. In A. Kasher (ed.), The Chomskyan turn, 360–384. Oxford: Blackwell.
Reinhart, Tanya (1995). Interface strategies. OTS Working Papers in Theoretical Linguistics, 95–002. Utrecht: OTS, Utrecht University.
Reinhart, Tanya (1997). Quantifier scope: How labor is divided between QR and choice functions. Linguistics and Philosophy 20, 335–397.
Reinhart, Tanya (1998). Wh-in-situ in the framework of the Minimalist Program. Natural Language Semantics 6, 29–56.
Reinhart, Tanya (2002). The theta system – An overview. Theoretical Linguistics 28, 229–290.
Reinhart, Tanya (2006). Interface strategies: Optimal and costly computations. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Reinhart, Tanya and Eric Reuland (1991). Anaphors and logophors: An argument structure perspective. In J. Koster and E. Reuland (eds.), Long-distance anaphora, 283–321. Cambridge University Press.
Reinhart, Tanya and Eric Reuland (1993). Reflexivity. Linguistic Inquiry 24, 657–720.
Reinhart, Tanya and Tal Siloni (2004). Against an unaccusative analysis of reflexives. In Alexiadou, Anagnostopoulou, and Everaert (2004), 159–180.
Reinhart, Tanya and Tal Siloni (2005). The lexicon–syntax parameter: Reflexivization and other arity operations. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 389–436.
Reis, Marga (2000). On the parenthetical features of German was. . .w-constructions and how to account for them. In Lutz, Müller, and von Stechow (2000), 317–332.
Repp, Sophie (2010). Defining ‘contrast’ as an information-structural notion in grammar. Lingua 120, 1333–1345.
Repp, Sophie and Philippa Cook (eds.) (2010). Contrast as an information-structural notion in grammar. Special Issue of Lingua (120(6)).
Rett, Jessica (
2006).
Pronominal vs. determiner wh-words: Evidence from the copy construction. In
O. Bonami and
P. Cabredo Hofherr (eds.),
Empirical issues in syntax and semantics,
6,
355–374. Pais. Available at:
http://www.cssp.cnrs.fr/eiss6/.
Reuland, Eric (1986). A feature system for the set of categorial heads. In P. Muysken and H. van Riemsdijk (eds.), Features and projections, 41–88. Dordrecht: Foris.
Reuland, Eric (ed.) (2000). Argument and Case: Explaining Burzio’s Generalization. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Reuland, Eric (2001a). Primitives of binding. Linguistic Inquiry 32, 439–492.
Reuland, Eric (2001b). Anaphors, logophors and binding. In P. Cole, G. Hermon, and C.-T. J. Huang (eds.), Syntax and semantics 33: Long distance reflexives, 343–370. New York: Academic Press.
Reuland, Eric (2005a). Agreeing to bind. In H. Broekhuis, N. Corver, R. Huybregts, U. Kleinhenz, and J. Koster (eds), Organizing grammar. Studies in honor of Henk van Riemsdijk, 505–513. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Reuland, Eric (2005b). Binding conditions: How are they derived? In S. Müller (eds.), Proceedings of the HPSG05 Conference, 578–593. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Reuland, Eric (2011). Anaphora and language design. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Reuland, Eric and Jan Koster (1991). Long distance anaphora: An overview. In J. Koster and E. Reuland (eds.), Long-distance anaphora, 1–25. Cambridge University Press.
Reuland, Eric and Tanya Reinhart (1995). Pronouns, anaphors and case. In H. Haider, S. Olsen, and S. Vikner (eds.), Studies in comparative Germanic syntax, 241–268. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Reuland, Eric and Sigriður Sigurjónsdóttir (1997). In H. Bennis, P. Pica, and J. Rooryck (eds.), Atomism and binding, 323–340. Dordrecht: Foris.
Reuland, Eric and Yoad Winter (2009). Binding without identity: Towards a unified semantics for bound and exempt anaphors. In D. Sobha, A. Branco, and R. Mitkov (eds.), Anaphora processing and applications, 69–79. Berlin: Springer.
Rezac, Milan (2004). Elements of cyclic syntax: Agree and merge. PhD thesis, University of Toronto.
Rezac, Milan (2006). On tough-movement. In Cedric Boeckx (ed.), Minimalist essays, 288–325. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Rice, Keren (2000). Morpheme order and semantic scope. Cambridge University Press.
Richards, Marc (2004). Object shift and scrambling in North and West Germanic. A case study in symmetrical syntax. PhD dissertation, University of Cambridge.
Richards, Marc (2007). On feature inheritance: An argument from the phase impenetrability condition. Linguistic Inquiry 38, 563–572.
Richards, Marc (2008). Probing the past: On reconciling LDA with PIC. Unpublished ms., University of Leipzig.
Richards, Norvin (1997a). Competition and disjoint reference. Linguistic Inquiry 28, 178–186.
Richards, Norvin (1997b). What moves where in which language. PhD thesis, MIT.
Richards, Norvin (2001). Movement in languages. Interactions and architectures. Oxford University Press.
Richards, Norvin (2010). Uttering trees. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Riedel, Kristina (2009). The syntax of object marking in Sambaa: A comparative Bantu perspective. PhD dissertation, University of Leiden.
Riemsdijk, Henk C. van (1978). A case study in syntactic markedness: The binding nature of prepositional phrases. Dordrecht: Foris Publications.
Riemsdijk, Henk C. van (1982). Correspondence effects and the Empty Category Principle. Tilburg: Tilburg Papers in Language and Literature.
Riemsdijk, Henk C. van (1983). The case of German adjectives. In F. Heny and B. Richards (eds.), Linguistic categories: Auxiliaries and related puzzles, vol. 1, 5–16. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Riemsdijk, Henk C. van (1990). Functional prepositions. In H. Pinkster and I. Genee (eds.), Unity and diversity. Papers presented to Simon C. Dik on his 50th birthday, 229–242. Dordrecht: Foris.
Riemsdijk, Henk C. van (1998). Categorial feature magnetism: The endocentricity and distribution of projections. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 2, 1–48.
Riemsdijk, Henk C. van and Riny Huybregts (2007). Location and locality. In S. Karimi, V. Samiian, and W. K. Wilkins (eds.), Phrasal and clausal architecture. Syntactic derivation and interpretation, 339–364. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Riemsdijk, Henk C. van and Edwin Williams (1986). Introduction to the theory of grammar. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Rijkhoek, Paulien (1998). On degree phrases & result clauses. PhD dissertation, University of Groningen.
Ritter, Elizabeth (1988). A head-movement approach to construct state Noun Phrases. Linguistics 26, 909–929.
Ritter, Elizabeth (1991). Two functional categories in noun phrases: Evidence from Hebrew. In S. Rothstein (ed.), Perspectives on phrase structure: Heads and licensing (Syntax and Semantics 26), 37–62. San Diego: Academic Press.
Ritter, Elizabeth and Martina Wiltschko (2009). Varieties of INFL: Tense, Location and Person. In J. van Craenenbroeck, H. Broekhuis, and H. van Riemsdijk (eds.), Alternatives to cartography, 153–202. New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Rivero, María Luisa (1992). Adverb incorporation and the syntax of adverbs in Modern Greek. Linguistics and Philosophy 15, 289–331.
Rivero, María Luisa (1993). Long head movement vs. V2 and null subjects in Old Romance. Lingua 89, 217–245.
Rivero, María Luisa and José Lema (1989). Long head movement: ECP vs. HMC. In J. Carter, R.-M. Dechaine, B. Philip, and T. Sherer (eds.), Proceedings of the 20th Annual Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society, 333–347. Amherst, MA: GLSA. [Also in Cahiers Linguistiques d’Ottawa (1990) 18, 61–78.]
Rizzi, Luigi (1978a). A restructuring rule in Italian syntax. In S. J. Keyser (ed.), Recent transformational studies in European languages, 113–158. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Rizzi, Luigi (1978b). Violations of the wh-island constraint in Italian and the subjacency condition. Montreal Working Papers in Linguistics no. 11. [Reprinted in Rizzi (1982a), 49–76.]
Rizzi, Luigi (1982a). Issues in Italian syntax (Studies in Generative Grammar 11). Dordrecht: Foris.
Rizzi, Luigi (1982b). Comments on Chomsky’s chapter ‘On the Representation of Form and Function’. In J. Mehler, E. Walker, and M. F. Garrett (eds.), Perspectives on mental representation. Experimental and theoretical studies of cognitive processes and capacities, 441–451. Hillsdale: Erlbaum.
Rizzi, Luigi (1986a). Null objects in Italian and the theory of pro. Linguistic Inquiry 17, 501–557.
Rizzi, Luigi (1986b). On chain formation. In H. Borer (ed.), The grammar of pronominal clitics (Syntax and Semantics 19), 65–95. New York: Academic Press.
Rizzi, Luigi (1990a). Relativized Minimality. Cambridge, MA/London: MIT Press.
Rizzi, Luigi (1990b). On the anaphor agreement effect. Rivista di Grammatica 2, 27–42.
Rizzi, Luigi (1990c). Speculations on verb-second. In J. Mascaró and M. Nespor (eds.), Grammar in progress: a festschrift for Henk van Riemsdijk, 375–385. Dordrecht: Foris.
Rizzi, Luigi (1991/1996). Residual verb second and the wh criterion. Geneva Working Papers on Formal and Computational Linguistics. [Published in A. Belletti and L. Rizzi (eds.) (1996), Parameters and functional heads, 63–90. Oxford University Press.]
Rizzi, Luigi (1994). Early null subjects and root null subjects. In T. Hoekstra and B. Schwartz (eds.), Language acquisition studies in generative grammar, 151–176. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Rizzi, Luigi (1997). The fine structure of the left periphery. In Haegeman (1997b), 281–337.
Rizzi, Luigi (2000). Comparative syntax and language acquisition. London: Routledge.
Rizzi, Luigi (2001a). On the position int(errogative) in the left periphery of the clause. In G. Cinque and G. Salvi (eds.), Current studies in Italian syntax, 287–296. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Rizzi, Luigi (2001b). Reconstruction, weak island sensitivity and agreement. In C. Cecchetto, G. Chierchia, and M. T. Guasti (eds.), Semantic interfaces: Reference, anaphora and aspect, 145–176. Chicago: CSLI Publications.
Rizzi, Luigi (2001c). Relativized minimality effects. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 89–110.
Rizzi, Luigi (2004a). Locality and left periphery. In Belletti (2004b), 223–251.
Rizzi, Luigi (2004b). On the study of the language faculty: Results, developments, and perspectives. The Linguistic Review 21, 323–344.
Rizzi, Luigi (ed.) (2004c). The structure of CP and IP – The cartography of syntactic structures, vol. 3. Oxford University Press.
Rizzi, Luigi (2005a). On the grammatical basis of language development. In G. Cinque and R. Kayne (eds), The Oxford handbook of comparative syntax, 70–109. Oxford University Press.
Rizzi, Luigi (2005b). On some properties of subjects and topics. In L. Brugé, G. Giusti, N. Munaro, W. Schweikert, and G. Turano (eds.), Proceedings of the XXX Incontro di Grammatica Generetiva, 203–224. Venezia: Cafoscarina.
Rizzi, Luigi (2006a). Concepts of locality/On intermediate positions: Intervention and impenetrability. Lectures delivered at the XXV Curso de Verano, San Sebastián, June 2006, and the EALING Fall School, Paris, September 2006.
Rizzi, Luigi (2006b). On the form of chains: Criterial positions and ECP effects. In L. L.-S. Cheng and N. Corver (eds.), WH-movement: Moving on, 97–133. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Rizzi, Luigi (2006c). Selective residual V-2 in Italian interrogatives. In P. Brandt and E. Fuss (eds.), Form, structure and grammar (Studia Grammatica 63), 229–242. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.
Rizzi, Luigi (2006d). Grammatically-based target-inconsistencies in child language. In K. U. Deen, J. Nomura, B. Schulz, and B. D. Schwartz (eds), Proceedings of the Inaugural Conference on Generative Approaches to Language Acquisition–North America, Honolulu, HI (University of Connecticut Occasional Papers in Linguistics 4), 19–49.
Rizzi, Luigi (2007). On some properties of criterial freezing. In V. Moscati (ed.), CISCL working papers on language and cognition (STiL Studies in Linguistics 1),145–158. Centro Interdipartimentale di Studi Cognitivi sul Linguaggio, Siena.
Rizzi, Luigi (2009a). Contribution to: Round table: Language universals: Yesterday, today, and tomorrow. In M. Piatelli Palmarini, J. Uriagereka, and P. Salaburu (eds.), Of minds and language: The Basque Country encounter with Noam Chomsky, 195–220. Oxford University Press.
Rizzi, Luigi (2009b). Some elements of syntactic computations. In D. Bickerton and E. Szathmáry (eds.), Biological foundations and origin of syntax, 63–88. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press and Frankfurt Institute for Advanced Studies.
Rizzi, Luigi (2009c). On some consequences of criterial freezing. Unpublished ms., University of Siena.
Rizzi, L. (2010). Delimitation effects and the cartography of the left periphery. Unpublished ms., University of Siena.
Rizzi, Luigi and Ur Shlonsky (2007). Strategies of subject extraction. In H.-M. Gärtner and U. Sauerland (eds.). Interfaces + recursion = language? Chomsky’s Minimalism and the view from syntax-semantics, 115–116. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Roberts, C. (2010). Topics. Unpublished ms., University of Iowa.
Roberts, Ian (1987). The representation of implicit and dethematized subjects. Dordrecht: Foris.
Roberts, I. (1993). Verbs and diachronic syntax. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Roberts, I. (2004). The C-system in Brythonic Celtic Languages, V2 and the EPP. In L. Rizzi (ed.), The structure of CP and IP, 297–328. Oxford University Press.
Roberts, I. (2010). On the nature of syntactic parameters: A programme for Research. Talk presented at the University of Maryland Mayfest, May, 2010.
Roberts, Ian and Anders Holmberg (2005). On the role of parameters in Universal Grammar: A reply to Newmeyer. In H. Broekhuis, N. Corver, M. Everaert, and J. Koster (eds.), Organising grammar: A festschrift for Henk van Riemsdijk, 538–553. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Roberts, I. and A. Holmberg (2010). Introduction: Parameters in Minimalist theory. In Biberauer, Holmberg, Roberts, and Sheehan (2010), 1–57.
Roberts, Ian and Anna Roussou (2003). Syntactic change. A Minimalist approach to grammaticalisation. Cambridge University Press.
Roberts, Rose and Edward Gibson (2002). Individual differences in sentence memory. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 31, 573–598.
Rochemont, Michael (1986). Focus in generative grammar. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Röder, Brigitte, Oliver Stock, Helen Neville, Siegfried Bien, and Frank Rösler (2002). Brain activation modulated by the comprehension of normal and pseudo-word sentences of different processing demands: A functional magnetic resonance imaging study. NeuroImage 15, 1003–1014.
Rodman, Robert (1976). Scope phenomena, ‘movement transformations’ and relative clauses. In B. Partee (ed.), Montague Grammar, 165–176. New York: Academic Press.
Rodrigues, Cilene, Andrew Nevins, and Luis Vicente (2009). Cleaving the interactions between sluicing and preposition stranding. In L. Wetzels and J. van der Weijer (eds.), Romance languages and linguistic theory, 175–198. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Roehrs, Dorian (2006). The morpho-syntax of the Germanic noun phrase: Determiners MOVE into the determiner phrase. PhD dissertation, Indiana University.
Roeper, Thomas (2000). Universal bilingualism. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition 2, 169–186.
Roeper, Thomas and Jill de Villiers (1991). Ordered decisions in the acquisition of wh-questions. In H. Goodluck, J. Weissenborn, and T. Roeper (eds.), Theoretical issues in language development, 191–236. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Roeper, Thomas and Edwin Williams (1987). Parameter setting. Dordrecht: D. Reidel.
Rogalsky, Corianne and Gregory Hickok (2008). Selective attention to semantic and syntactic features modulates sentence processing networks in anterior temporal cortex. Cerebral Cortex 19, 786–796.
Rogalsky, Corianne, William Matchin, and Gregory Hickok (2008). Broca’s area, sentence comprehension, and working memory: An fMRI study. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 2, 1–13.
Rogers, Andy (1974). Physical perception verbs in English: A study in lexical relatedness. PhD dissertation, UCLA.
Rohrbacher, Bernhard (1999). Morphology driven syntax: A theory of V-to-I raising and pro-drop. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Romero, Maribel (1998). Focus and reconstruction effects in wh-phrases. PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Romero, Maribel (2005). Concealed questions and specificational subjects. Linguistics and Philosophy 28, 687–737.
Romero, Maribel (2007). Connectivity in a unified analysis of specificational subjects and concealed questions. In C. Barker and P. Jacobson (eds.), Direct compositionality, 264–305. Oxford University Press.
Rooij, Robert van (2003). Negative polarity items in questions: Strength as relevance. Journal of Semantics 20, 239–273.
Rooij, R. van (2008). Towards a uniform analysis of any. Natural Language Semantics 4, 297–315.
Rooryck, Johan and Guido vanden Wyngaerd (2011). Dissolving binding theory. Oxford University Press.
Rooth, Mats (1985). Association with focus. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Rooth, Mats (1992a). A theory of focus interpretation. Natural Language Semantics 1, 75–121.
Rooth, Mats (1992b). Reduction redundancy and ellipsis redundancy. In S. Berman and A. Hestvik (eds.), Proceedings of the Stuttgart Workshop on Ellipsis, No. 29. Arbeitspapiere des SFB 340. University of Stuttgart.
Rooth, Mats (1996). Focus. In S. Lappin (ed.), The handbook of contemporary semantic theory, 271–297. London: Blackwell.
Rooth, Mats (2010). Second occurrence focus and relativized stress F. In C. Féry and M. Zimmermann (eds.), Information structure, 15–35. Oxford University Press.
Rosen, Carol (1976). Guess what about? In A. Ford, J. Reighard, and R. Singh (eds.), Papers from the Sixth Meeting of the North Eastern Linguistic Society (Montréal Working Papers in Linguistics), 205–211. Montréal.
Rosen, C. (1984). The interface between semantic roles and initial grammatical relations. In D. M. Perlmutter and C. A. Rosen (eds.), Studies in relational grammar 2, 38–77. University of Chicago Press.
Rosenbaum, Peter S. (1967). The grammar of English predicated complement constructions. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Ross, John Robert (1967a). Constraints on variables in syntax. PhD thesis, MIT. [Published as Infinite syntax! (1986). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.]
Ross, John Robert (1967b). On the cyclic nature of English pronominalization. In D. A. Reibel and S. A. Schane (eds.), To honor Roman Jakobson III, 1669–1682. The Hague: Mouton and Co.
Ross, John Robert (1969). Guess who? In R. Binnick, A. Davidson, G. Green, and J. Morgan (eds.), Papers from the Fifth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, 252–286. Chicago Linguistic Society.
Ross, John Robert (1970). Gapping and the order of constituents. In M. Bierwisch and K. E. Heidolph (eds.), Progress in linguistics, 249–259. The Hague: Mouton.
Ross, John Robert (1972a). The category squish: Endstation Haputwort. Papers from the Annual Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society 8, 316–328.
Ross, John Robert (1972b). Act. In D. Davidson and G. Harman (eds.), Semantics of natural language, 70–126. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Ross, John Robert (1973). Nouniness. In O. Fujimura (ed.), Three dimensions of linguistic theory, 137–257. Tokyo: TEC.
Ross, John Robert (1984). Inner islands. In C. Brugman and M. Macaulay (eds.), Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 258–65. University of California, Berkeley.
Ross, John Robert (1985). The source of pseudoclefts sentences. Handout of a talk given at New York University, November 1985.
Ross, John Robert (1997). That is the question. Paper presented at the University of Pennsylvania, November 1997.
Ross, John Robert (2000). The frozenness of pseudoclefts – Towards an inequality-based syntax. In J. P. Boyle and A. Okrent (eds.), Proceedings of the 36th Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, 385–426. Chicago Linguistic Society.
Rossi, Sonja, Manfred Gugler, Anja Hahne, and Angela Friederici (2005). When word category information encounters morphosyntax: An ERP study. Neuroscience Letters 384, 228–233.
Rothstein, Susan (1983). The syntactic forms of predication. PhD dissertation, MIT. [Circulated by the Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington, 1985.]
Rothstein, Susan (1991a). Heads, projections, and category determination. In K. Leffel and D. Bouchard (eds.), Views on phrase structure, 97–112. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers / San Diego: Academic Press.
Rothstein, Susan (1991b). Syntactic licensing and subcategorization. In S. Rothstein (ed.), Perspectives on phrase structure: Heads and licensing (Syntax and Semantics 25), 139–157. San Diego: Academic Press.
Rothstein, Susan (1995). Small clauses and copular constructions. In A. Cardinaletti and M. T. Guasti (eds.), Small clauses, 27–48. New York: Academic Press.
Rothstein, Susan (2001). Predicates and their subjects (Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 74). Dordrecht/Boston: Kluwer.
Rothstein, Susan (2006). Secondary predication. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. IV, 209–233.
Rouveret, Alain (1994). Syntaxe du gallois. Paris: CNRS Éditions.
Rudanko, Juhani (1989). Complementation and case grammar: A syntactic and semantic study of selected patterns of complementation in present-day English. New York: SUNY Press.
Rude, Noel (1986). Topicality, transitivity, and the direct object in Nez Perce. International Journal of American Linguistics 52, 124–153.
Rude, Noel (1988). Ergative, passive, and antipassive in Nez Perce. In M. Shibatani (ed.), Passive and voice, 547–560. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Rudin, Catherine (1988). On multiple questions and multiple wh-fronting. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6, 445–501.
Rullmann, Hotze (2004). First and second person pronouns as bound variables. Linguistic Inquiry 35, 159–168.
Runner, Jeffrey T. (1998). Noun phrase licensing. New York: Garland.
Runner, Jeffrey T. (2006). Lingering challenges to the Raising-to-Object and Object-Control constructions. Syntax 9, 193–213.
Russell, Bertrand (1919). Introduction to mathematical philosophy. London: Muirhead Library of Philosophy.
Ruwet, Nicolas (1982). Grammaire des insultes et autres études. Paris: Seuil.
Ruys, Eddy G. (1992). The scope of indefinites. PhD dissertation, Utrecht University.
Ruys, Eddy G. (2006). Unexpected wide-scope phenomena. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. V, 175–228.
Růžička, Rudolf (1983). Remarks on control. Linguistic Inquiry 18, 309–324.
Růžička, Rudolf (1999). Control in grammar and pragmatics. A cross-linguistic study. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Sadler, Louisa (1997). Clitics and the structure–function mapping. In M. Butt and T. H. King (eds.), Online Proceedings of the LFG97 Conference. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Sadock, Jerry (1980). Noun incorporation in Greenlandic. Language 56, 300–319.
Sæbø, Kjell Johan (1996). Anaphoric presuppositions and zero anaphora. Linguistics and philosophy 19, 187–209.
Saffran, Jenny (2001). The use of predictive dependencies in language learning. Journal of Memory and Language 44, 493–515.
Saffran, J. (2002). Constraints on statistical language learning. Journal of Memory and Language 47, 172–196.
Saffran, Jenny, Richard Aslin, and Elissa Newport (1996). Statistical learning by 8-month-old infants. Science 274, 1926–1928.
Safir, Kenneth J. (1985). Syntactic chains. Cambridge University Press.
Safir, Kenneth J. (1987). Comments on Wexler and Manzini. In Roeper and Williams (1987), 77–89.
Safir, Kenneth J. (1992). Implied non-coreference and the pattern of anaphora. Linguistics and Philosophy 15, 1–52.
Safir, Kenneth J. (1993). Perception, selection, and structural economy. Natural Language Semantics 2, 47–70.
Safir, Kenneth J. (1996). Semantic atoms of anaphora. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 14, 545–589.
Safir, Kenneth J. (1997). Symmetry and unity in the theory of anaphora. In H. Bennis, P. Pica, and J. Rooryck (eds.), Atomism and binding, 340–377. Dordrecht: Foris.
Safir, Kenneth J. (2003). Anaphors, movement and coconstrual. In L.-O. Delsing, C. Falk, G. Josefsson, and H. Sigurðsson (eds.). Festschrift for Christer Platzack, 283–294. Lund: Institutionen för nordiska språk.
Safir, Kenneth J. (2004a). The syntax of anaphora. Oxford University Press
Safir, Kenneth J. (2004b). The syntax of (in)dependence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Safir, Kenneth J. (2004c). Person, context and perspective. Rivista di Linguistica 16, 107–154.
Safir, Kenneth J. (2005). Abandoning coreference. In J. L. Bermúdez (eds.), Thought, reference and experience: Themes from the philosophy of Gareth Evans, 124–163. Oxford University Press.
Safir, Kenneth J. (2008). Coconstrual and narrow syntax. Syntax 11, 330–355.
Safir, Kenneth J. (2010). Viable syntax: Rethinking Minimalist architecture. Biolinguistics 4, 35–107.
Sag, Ivan A. (1976). Deletion and Logical Form. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Sag, Ivan A. (1982). NP-movement dependencies. In Jacobson and Pullum (1982), 427–466.
Sag, Ivan A. (1997). English relative clause constructions. Journal of Linguistics 30, 431–483.
Sag, Ivan A. (2010a). English filler gap constructions. Language 86, 486–545.
Sag, Ivan A. (2010b). Feature geometry and predictions of locality. In A. Kibort and G. G. Corbett, (eds.) Features: Perspectives on a key notion in linguistics, 236–271. Oxford University Press.
Sag, Ivan A. (2012). Sign-based Construction Grammar: An informal synopsis. In H. Boas and I. A. Sag (eds.) Sign-based Construction Grammar, 69–202. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Sag, Ivan A. and Janet Dean Fodor (1994). Extraction without traces. In R. Aranovich, W. Byrne, S. Preuss, and M. Senturia (eds.), Proceedings of the Thirteenth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, 365–384. Stanford, CA: CSLI, Publications.
Sag, Ivan A., Gerald Gazdar, Thomas Wasow, and Steven Weisler (1985). Coordination and how to distinguish categories. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3, 117–171.
Sag, Ivan A. and Joanna Nykiel (2008). Sluicing and stranding. Paper presented at the 83rd Annual Meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, January 8–11. San Francisco, CA, USA.
Sag, Ivan A. and Carl Pollard (1991). An integrated theory of complement control. Language 67, 63–113.
Sag, Ivan A., Thomas Wasow, and Emily M. Bender (2003). Syntactic theory: A formal introduction, 2nd edn. (CSLI Lecture Notes 152). Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Saito, Mamuro (1985). Subject–object asymmetries in Japanese and their theoretical implications. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Saito, Mamuro (2010). Sentence types and the Japanese right periphery. Unpublished ms., Nanzan University, Nagoya.
Saito, Mamoru and Keiko Murasugi (1999). Subject predication within IP and DP. In K. Johnson and I. Roberts (eds.), Beyond principles and parameters: Essays in memory of Osvaldo Jaeggli, 159–182. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Salvi, Giampaolo (2005). Some firm points on Latin word order: The left periphery. In K. É. Kiss (ed.), Universal Grammar and the reconstruction of ancient languages, 429–456. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Samek-Lodovici, Vieri (1996). Constraints on subjects: An Optimality Theoretic analysis. PhD thesis, Rutgers University.
Samek-Lodovici, Vieri (2005). Prosody–syntax interaction in the expression of focus. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 23, 687–755.
Sampson, Geoffrey R. (1975). The single mother condition. Journal of Linguistics 11, 1–11.
Sampson, Geoffrey R. (1979). What was transformational grammar? Lingua 48, 355–378.
Sánchez, Liliana (2006). Kechwa and Spanish bilingual grammars: Testing hypotheses on functional interference and convergence. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 9, 535–556.
Santelmann, Lynn (1992). Den-support: An analysis of double determiners in Swedish. In A. Holmberg (ed.), Papers from the Workshop on the Scandinavian Noun Phrase, 100–118. University of Umeå.
Santi, Andrea and Yosef Grodzinsky (2007a). Taxing working memory with syntax: Bihemispheric modulations. Human Brain Mapping 28, 1089–1097.
Santi, Andrea and Yosef Grodzinsky (2007b). Working memory and syntax interact in Broca’s area. NeuroImage 37, 8–17.
Santi, Andrea and Yosef Grodzinsky (2010). fMRI adaptation dissociates syntactic complexity dimensions. NeuroImage 51, 1285–1293.
Santos, Ana Lúcia (2009). Minimal answers: Ellipsis, syntax, and discourse in the acquisition of European Portuguese. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Sauerland, Uli (2003). Intermediate adjunction with A-movement. Linguistic Inquiry 34, 308–314.
Saussure, Ferdinand de (1916/1966). Course in general linguistics. New York: McGraw-Hill. [Translation of Cours de linguistique générale. Paris: Payot, 1916].
Schachter, Paul (1976). The subject in Philippine languages: Topic, actor, actor–topic, or none of the above. In C. Li (ed.), Subject and topic, 491–518. New York: Academic Press.
Schachter, Paul (1981). Lovely to look at. Linguistic Analysis 8, 431–449.
Schaeffer, Florian (2008). The oblique causer construction across languages. In A. Schardl, M. Walkow, and M. Abdurrahman (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 38, 297–308. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Scheer, Tobias (2008). Spell out your sister! In N. Abner and J. Bishop (eds.), Proceedings of the 27th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, 379–387. Somerville: Cascadilla.
Scheer, Tobias (2009a). External sandhi: What the initial CV is initial of. Studi e Saggi Linguistici 57, 43–82.
Scheer, Tobias (2009b). Representational and procedural sandhi killers: Diagnostics, distribution, behaviour. In M. Docekal and M. Ziková (eds.), Czech in formal grammar,155–174. München: Lincom Europa.
Schein, Barry (1993). Plurals and events (Current Studies in Linguistics 23). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Schein, B. (2003). Adverbial, descriptive reciprocals. Philosophical Perspectives 17, 333–367.
Schladt, Mathius (2000). The typology and grammaticalization of reflexives. In Z. Frajzyngier and T. S. Curl (eds.), Reflexives: Forms and functions, 103–124. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Schlenker, Philippe (2003a). A plea for monsters. Linguistics and Philosophy 26, 29–120.
Schlenker, Philippe (2003b). Clausal equations (a note on the connectivity problem). Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 21, 157–214.
Schmerling, Susan F. (1976). Aspects of English sentence stress. PhD thesis, Austin.
Scholz, Barbara C. and Geoffrey K. Pullum (2007). Tracking the origins of transformational generative grammar. Journal of Linguistics 43, 701–723.
Schoorlemmer, Erik and Tanja Temmerman (2010). On the interaction between verb movement and ellipsis in the PF component. Talk presented at GLOW 33, Wroclaw.
Schoorlemmer, Maaike (1998). Possessors, articles and definiteness. In Alexiadou and Wilder (1998b), 55–86.
Schutter, Georges de (1994). Voegwoordflectie en pronominale clitisering waarbij Vlaams en Brabants bijna elkaars tegengestelden zijn. Taal & Tongval 46, 108–131.
Schütze, Carson (1996). The empirical basis of linguistics: Grammaticality judgments and linguistic methodology. University of Chicago Press.
Schütze, Carson Theodore Robert (1997). INFL in child and adult language: Agreement, case and licensing. PhD thesis, MIT.
Schütze, Carson Theodore Robert (1999). English expletive constructions are not infected. Linguistic Inquiry 30, 467–484.
Schuyler, Tamara (2002). Wh-movement out of the site of VP ellipsis. MA thesis, UCSC.
Schwarzschild, Roger (1999). GIVENness, AvoidF and other constraints on the placement of accent. Natural Language Semantics 7, 141–177.
Schwarzschild, Roger (2002a). Singleton Indefinites. Journal of Semantics 19, 289–314.
Schwarzschild, Roger (2002b). The grammar of measurement. In B. Jackson (ed.), Proceedings of SALT 12, 225–245. Ithaca, NY: CLC Publications.
Schwarzschild, Roger (2005). Measure phrases as modifiers of adjectives. Recherches Linguistiques de Vincennes 34, 207–228.
Schwarzschild, Roger and Karina Wilkinson (2002). Quantifiers in comparatives: A semantics of degree based on intervals. Natural Language Semantics 10, 1–41.
Scott, Gary-John (1998). Stacked adjectival modification and the structure of nominal phrases. SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics and Phonetics 8, 59–89.
Scott, Gary-John (2002). Stacked adjectival modification and the structure of nominal phrases. In Cinque (2002), 91–120.
Selkirk, Elisabeth O. (1970). On the determiner systems of noun phrases and adjective phrases. Unpublished ms., MIT.
Selkirk, Elizabeth O. (1977). Some remarks on noun phrase structure. In P. Culicover, T. Wasow, and A. Akmajian (eds.), Formal syntax, 285–316. New York: Academic Press.
Selkirk, Elizabeth O. (1981). On prosodic structure and its relation to syntactic structure. In T. E. Fretheim (ed.), Nordic prosody II, 111–140. Trondheim: TAPIR.
Selkirk, Elizabeth O. (1984). Phonology and syntax: The relation between sound and structure. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Selkirk, Elizabeth O. (1986). On derived domains in sentence phonology. Phonology Yearbook 3, 371–405.
Selkirk, Elizabeth O. (1995). Sentence prosody: Intonation, stress, and phrasing. In J. A. Goldsmith (ed.), The handbook of phonological theory, 550–569. London: Blackwell.
Sells, Peter (1987). Aspects of logophoricity. Linguistic Inquiry 18, 445–479.
Sells, Peter (1995). Korean and Japanese morphology from a lexical perspective. Linguistic Inquiry 26, 277–325.
Sells, Peter (2001a). Form and function in the typology of grammatical voice systems. In J. Grimshaw, G. Legendre and S. Vikner (eds.), Optimality-Theoretic syntax, 355–391. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Sells, Peter (2001b). Structure alignment and optimality in Swedish. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Sells, Peter (2006). Using subsumption rather than equality in functional control. In M. Butt and T. H. King (eds.), Proceedings of LFG06, University of Konstanz. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Sells, Peter (2010). Symmetries and asymmetries in voice systems. Handout, Vienna Conference on Voice, June 2010.
Sharvit, Yael (1999). Connectivity in specificational sentences. Natural Language Semantics 7, 299–339.
Sharvit, Yael (2003). Tense and identity in copular sentences. Natural Language Semantics 11, 363–393.
Sherman (Ussishkin), Adam (1998). VP ellipsis and subject positions in Modern Hebrew. In A. Z. Wyne (ed.), Proceedings of the 13th Annual Meeting of the Israel Association of Theoretical Linguistics, Bar-Ilan University, Tel-Aviv, Israel, 211–229. Jerusalem: Akademon.
Shetreet, Einat, Naama Friedmann, and Uri Hadar (2009). An fMRI study of syntactic layers: Sentential and lexical aspects of embedding. NeuroImage 48, 707–716.
Shibatani, Masayoshi and Theodora Bynon (1995). Approaches to language typology: A conspectus. In M. Shibatani and T. Bynon (eds.), Approaches to language typology, 1–25. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Shieber, Stuart M. (1985). Evidence against the context-freeness of natural language. Linguistics and Philosophy 8, 333–343.
Shieber, Stuart M. (1986). An introduction to unification-based approaches to grammar. Stanford, CA: CSLI, Publications.
Shimoyama, Junko (2001). Wh-constructions in Japanese. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
Shlonsky, Ur (1991). Quantifiers as functional heads: A study of quantifier float in Hebrew. Lingua 84, 159–180.
Shlonsky, Ur (1997) Clause structure and word order in Hebrew: An essay in comparative Semitic syntax. Oxford University Press.
Shlonsky, Ur (2004). The form of the Semitic noun phrase. Lingua 114, 1456–1526.
Shopen, Tim (1972). A generative theory of ellipsis: A consideration of the linguistic use of silence. Unpublished ms., Indiana University Linguistics Club.
Shopen, Tim (1973). Ellipsis as grammatical indeterminacy. Foundations of Language 10, 65–77.
Sichel, Ivy (1997). Two pronominal copulas and the syntax of Hebrew non-verbal sentences. In R. C. Blight and M. Y. Moosally, (eds.) Texas Linguistics Forum 38: Proceedings of the Texas Linguistic Society Conference, 295–306. University of Texas at Austin.
Sichel, Ivy (2007). Raising in DP revisited. In W. D. Davies and S. Dubinsky (eds.), New horizons in the analysis of control and raising, 15–34. Dordrecht: Springer.
Sichel, Ivy (2010). Towards a typology of control in DP. In Hornstein and Polinsky (2010), 245–267.
Siegel, Muffy (1976). Capturing the adjective. PhD thesis, University of Massachusetts.
Siewierska, Anna (1991). Functional grammar. London: Routledge.
Siewierska, Anna (2005). Verbal person marking. In M. Haspelmath, M. Dryer, D. Gil, and B. Comrie (eds.), The world atlas of language structures, 414–417. Oxford University Press.
Sigurðsson, Halldór (2002). To be an oblique subject: Russian vs. Icelandic. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 20, 691–724.
Sigurðsson, Halldór (2004). Icelandic non-nominative subjects. In K. V. Subbarao and P. Bhaskararao (eds.), Non-nominative subjects: Vol. 2, 137–160. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Sigurðsson, Halldór and Anders Holmberg (2008). Icelandic dative intervention: Person and number are separate probes. In R. D’Alessandro, S. Fischer, and G. Hrafnbjargarson (eds.), Agreement restrictions, 251–280. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Siloni, Tal (1996). Hebrew noun phrases: Generalized noun raising: In A. Belletti and L. Rizzi (eds.), Parameters and functional heads, 239–267. Oxford University Press.
Siloni, Tali (1997). Noun phrases and nominalizations. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Siloni, Tali (2002). Adjectival constructs and inalienable constructions. In J. Ouhalla and U. Shlonsky (eds.), Themes in Arabic and Hebrew syntax, 161–187. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Simmons, Kyle, Mark Reddish, Patrick Bellgowan, and Alex Martin (2010). The selectivity and functional connectivity of the anterior temporal lobes. Cerebral Cortex 20, 813–825.
Simpson, Andrew (2002). IP-raising, tone sandhi and the creation of S-final particles: Evidence for cyclic spell-out. Journal of East Asian Linguistics 11, 67–99.
Simpson, Jane (1991). Warlpiri morpho-syntax: A lexicalist approach. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Sleeman, Petra (1996). Licensing empty nouns in French. PhD dissertation, Holland Institute of Generative Linguistics.
Smirniotopoulos, Jane and Brian Joseph (1998). Syntax vs. the lexicon: Incorporation and compounding in Modern Greek. Journal of Linguistics 34, 447–488.
Smith, Carlota S. (1961). A class of complex modifiers in English. Language 37, 342–365.
Smith, Carlota S. (1992/1997). The parameter of aspect. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Smith, Carlota S. (2008). Time with and without tense. In Guéron and Lecarme (2008), 227–249.
Smith, Edward and John Jonides (1998). Neuroimaging analyses of human working memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science 95, 12061–12068.
Smith, E. E., and J. Jonides (1999). Storage and executive processes in the frontal lobes. Science 283, 1657–1661.
Smith, Neil and Ann Law (2009). On parametric (and non-parametric) variation. Biolinguistics 3, 332–343.
Smolensky, Paul (1996). On the comprehension/production dilemma in child language. Linguistic Inquiry 27, 720–731.
Snarska, Anna (2009). On certain troublemakers to partial control as agree. University of Pennsylvania Working Papers in Linguistics 15, 203–212.
Snijders, Tineke, Theo Vosse, Gerard Kempen, Jos van Berkum, Karl Magnus Petersson, and Peter Hagoort (2009). Retrieval and unification of syntactic structure in sentence comprehension: An fMRI study using word-category ambiguity. Cerebral Cortex 19, 1493–1503.
Snyder, William (2001). On the nature of syntactic variation: Evidence from complex predicates and complex word-formation. Language 77, 324–342.
Snyder, W. (2007). Child language: The parametric approach. Oxford University Press.
Snyder, William and Karen Stromswold (1997). The structure and acquisition of English dative constructions. Linguistic Inquiry 28, 281–317.
Sobin, Nicholas (1985). Case assignment in Ukrainian morphological passive constructions. Linguistic Inquiry 16, 649–662.
Sobin, Nicholas (1997). Agreement, default rules, and grammatical viruses. Linguistic Inquiry 28, 318–342.
Sorace, Antonella (2000). Gradients in auxiliary selection with intransitive verbs. Language 76, 859–890.
Speas, Margaret (1985). Saturation and phrase structure. MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 6, 174–198.
Speas, Margaret (1990). Phrase structure in natural language. Dodrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Speas, Margaret (2004). Evidentiality, logophoricity, and the syntactic representation of pragmatic features. Lingua 14, 255–276.
Sportiche, Dominique (1983). Structural invariance and symmetry in syntax. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Sportiche, Dominique (1988). A theory of floating quantifiers and its corollaries for constituent structure. Linguistic Inquiry 19, 425–449.
Sportiche, Dominique (1997). Clitic constructions. In J. Rooryck and L. Zaring (eds.), Phrase structure and the lexicon, 213–276. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Sportiche, Dominique (1998). Partitions and atoms of clause structure: Subjects, agreement, case and clitics. London: Routledge.
Sportiche, Dominique (2006). Reconstruction, binding and scope. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. IV, 35–93.
Sproat, Richard and Chilin Shih (1987). Prenominal adjectival ordering in English and Chinese. In J. Blevins and J. Carter (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 18, 465–489. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Sproat, R. and C. Shih (1991). The cross-linguistic distribution of adjective ordering restrictions. In C. P. Georgopoulos and R. L. Ishihara (eds.), Interdisciplinary approaches to language. Essays in honor of S.-Y. Kuroda, 565–593. Dordrecht. Academic Press.
Stainton, Robert (1995). Non-sentential assertions and semantic ellipsis. Linguistics and Philosophy 18, 281–296.
Stainton, Robert (1997). Utterance meaning and syntactic ellipsis. Pragmatics and Cognition 5, 51–78.
Stainton, Robert (1998). Quantifier phrases, meaningfulness ‘in isolation’, and ellipsis. Linguistics and Philosophy 21, 311–340.
Stainton, Robert (2005). In defense of non-sentential assertion. In Z. Szabo (ed.), Semantics vs. Pragmatics, 383–457. Oxford University Press.
Stainton, Robert (2006a). Words and thoughts: Subsentences, ellipsis, and the philosophy of language. Oxford University Press.
Stainton, Robert (2006b). Neither fragments nor ellipsis. In L. Progovac, K. Paesani, E. Casielles, and E. Barton (eds.), The syntax of nonsententials, 93–116. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Stanley, Jason (2000). Context and Logical Form. Linguistics and Philosophy 23, 391–434.
Starke, Michal (2001). Move dissolves into Merge: A theory of locality. PhD dissertation, University of Geneva.
Starke, Michal (2004). On the inexistence of specifiers and the nature of heads. In Belletti (2004b), 252–268.
Stavrou, Melita (2003). Semi-lexical nouns, classifiers, and the interpretation(s) of the pseudopartitive construction. In Coene and D’Hulst (2003), 329–353.
Stechow, Arnim von (1981). Topic, focus, and local relevance. In W. Klein and W. Levelt (eds.), Crossing the boundaries in linguistics, 95–130. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Stechow, Arnim von (1982). Structured propositions. Arbeitspapiere des SFB 99, Konstanz.
Stechow, Arnim von (1989). Focusing and backgrounding operators. Technical Report 6, Fachgruppe Sprachwissenschaft, Universität Konstanz.
Stechow, Arnim von (2000). Partial wh-movement, scope marking, and transparent logical form. In Lutz, Müller, and von Stechow (2000), 317–332.
Steedman, Mark (1990). Gapping as constituent coordination. Linguistics and Philosophy 13, 207–264.
Steedman, Mark (1991). Structure and intonation. Language 67, 260–296.
Steedman, Mark (1994). Remarks on intonation and ‘Focus’. In Bosch and van der Sandt (1994), vol. 1, 185–204.
Steedman, Mark (1996). Surface structure and interpretation. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Steedman, Mark (2000a). Information structure and the syntax–phonology interface. Linguistic Inquiry 31, 649–689.
Steedman, Mark (2000b). The syntactic process. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Steedman, Mark (2006). Information-structural semantics for English intonation. In C. Lee, M. Gordon, and D. Büring (eds.), Topic and focus: Cross-linguistic perspectives on meaning and intonation (Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 82), 245–264. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Steedman, Mark and Jason Baldridge (2011). Combinatory categorial grammar. In Borsley and Börjars (2011), 181–224.
Steinbach, Markus (2002). Middle voice. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins.
Stenson, Nancy (1989). Irish autonomous impersonals. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 13, 561–570.
Stepanov, Arthur (2001). Cyclic domains in syntactic theory. PhD dissertation, University of Connecticut.
Stepanov, Arthur (2007). The end of CED? Minimalism and extraction domains. Syntax 10, 80–126.
Stiebels, Barbara (2007). Towards a typology of complement control. In B. Stiebels (ed.), Studies in complement control (ZAS Papers in Linguistics 47), 1–80. Berlin.
Stiebels, Barbara (2010). Control. Unpublished ms., Zentrum für allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, Berlin.
Stjepanović, Sandra and Shoichi Takahashi (2001). Eliminating the Phase Impenetrability Condition. Unpublished ms., Kanda University of International Studies.
Stockwell, Robert P. (1962). Discussion of ‘A transformational approach to syntax’. In A. A. Hill (ed.), Proceedings of the Third Texas Conference on Problems of Linguistic Analysis in English, 158–169. Austin: University of Texas Press.
Stowe, Laurie (1986). Parsing wh-constructions: Evidence for on-line gap location. Language and Cognitive Processes 1, 227–245.
Stowe, L A. (1989). Thematic structures and sentence comprehension. In G. N. Carlson and M. K. Tanenhaus (eds.), Linguistic structure in language processing, 319–357. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Stowe, Laurie, Cees Broere, Anne Paans, Albertus Wijers, Gijsbertus Mulder, Wim Vaalburg, and Frans Zwarts (1998). Localizing components of a complex task: Sentence processing and working memory. NeuroReport 9, 2995–2999.
Stowell, Timothy A. (1981). Origins of phrase structure. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Stowell, Timothy A. (1983). Subjects across categories. The Linguistic Review 2, 285–312.
Stowell, Timothy A. (1989). Subjects, specifiers and X-bar theory. In Baltin and Kroch (1989), 232–262.
Stowell, Timothy A. (1996). The phrase structure of tense. In J. Rooryck and L. Zaring (eds.), Phrase structure and the lexicon, 277–291. Dordrecht: Klewer.
Stowell, Timothy A. (2004). Tense and modals. In Guéron and Lecarme (2004), 621–35.
Stowell, Timothy A. (2008). Where the past is in the perfect. In Á. Carrasco Gutiérrez (ed.), Tiempos compuestos y formas verbales complejas, 103–118. Madrid: Vervuert.
Stroik, Thomas (1992). Middles and movement. Linguistic Inquiry 23, 127–137.
Stromswold, Karen, David Caplan, Nathaniel Alpert, and Scott Rauch (1996). Localization of syntactic comprehension by positron emission tomography. Brain and Language 52, 452–473.
Stroud, Clare and Colin Phillips (2011). Examining the evidence for an independent semantic analyzer: An ERP study in Spanish. Brain and Language 118, 108–126.
Stump, Gregory (1977). Pseudogapping. Unpublished ms., Ohio State University.
Stuurman, Frits (1985). Phrase structure theory in generative grammar. Dordrecht: Foris.
Sugahara, Mariko (2002). Conditions on post-FOCUS dephrasing in Tokyo Japanese. In B. Bell and I. Marlien (eds.), Proceedings of the First International Conference on Speech Prosody, 655–658. Aix-En-Provence, France.
Sugayama, Kensei and Richard Hudson (2005). Word grammar: New perspectives on a theory of language structure. London: Continuum.
Sussman, Rachel and Julie Sedivy (2003). The time-course of processing syntactic dependencies: Evidence from eye movements. Language and Cognitive Processes 18, 143–163.
Svenonius, Peter (1992). Movement of P0 in the English verb–particle construction. In H. A. Black and J. McCloskey (eds.), Syntax at Santa Cruz 1, 93–113. Santa Cruz, CA: Syntax Research Center, UCSC.
Svenonius, Peter (1994a). Dependent nexus. PhD thesis, University of California at Santa Cruz.
Svenonius, Peter (1994b). On the structural location of the attributive adjective. In E. Duncan, D. Farkas, and P. Spaelti (eds.), Proccedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 12, 439–454. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Svenonius, Peter (2001a). On object shift, scrambling, and the PIC. In E. Guerzoni and O. Matushansky (eds.), A few from Building E39: Working papers in syntax, semantics, and their interface (MIT Working Papers in Linguistics), 267–289. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Svenonius, Peter (2001b). Impersonal passives and the EPP: A phase-based analysis. In A. Holmer, J.-O. Svantesson, and Å. Viberg (eds.), Proceedings of the 18th Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, 109–125. Lund: Travaux de l’Institut de Linguistique de Lund.
Svenonius, Peter (2001c). Subject positions and the placement of adverbials. In P. Svenonius (ed.), Subjects, expletives, and the EPP, 199–240. Oxford University Press.
Svenonius, Peter (2002a). Icelandic case and the structure of events. Journal of Comparative Germanic Linguistics 5, 197–225.
Svenonius, Peter (2002b). Introduction. In P. Svenonius (ed.), Subjects, expletives, and the Extended Projection Principle, 3–28. Oxford University Press.
Svenonius, Peter (2003). Limits on P: filling in holes vs. falling in holes. Nordlyd: Proceedings of the 19th Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics 31, 431–445.
Svenonius, Peter (2004). On the edge. In D. Adger, C. de Cat, and G. Tsoulas (eds.), Peripheries: Syntactic edges and their effects, 259–287. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Svenonius, Peter (2006). The emergence of axial parts. Nordlyd: Tromsø Working Papers in Language and Linguistics 33, 49–77.
Svenonius, Peter (2007). Adpositions, particles, and the arguments they introduce. In E. Reuland, T. Bhattacharya, and G. Spathas (eds.), Argument structure, 71–110. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Svenonius, Peter (2008). The position of adjectives and other phrasal modifiers in the decomposition of the DP. In McNally and Kennedy (2008), 16–42.
Svenonius, Peter (2010). Spatial P in English. In Cinque and Rizzi (2010b), 127–160.
Swart, Henriëtte de (1998a). Licensing of negative polarity items under inverse scope. Lingua 105, 175–200.
Swart, Henriëtte de (1998b). Introduction to Natural Language Semantics. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Swart, Henriëtte de(2006). Marking and interpretation of negation: A bi-directional OT approach. In R. Zanuttini, H. Campos, E. Herburger, and P. Portner (eds.), Comparative and cross-linguistic research in syntax, semantics and computational linguistics, GURT 2004, 199–218. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.
Swart, Henriëtte de (2010). Expression and interpretation of negation. Dordrecht: Springer.
Swart, Henriëtte de and Ivan Sag (2002). Negative concord in Romance. Linguistics and Philosophy 25, 373–417.
Sybesma, Rint (2007). Whether we tense-agree overtly or not. Linguistic Inquiry 38, 580–587.
Szabolcsi, Anna (1981). The semantics of topic/focus articulation. in J. Groenendijk, Th. Janssen, and M. Stokhof (eds.), Formal methods in the study of language, 513–540. Amsterdam: Mathematical Center.
Szabolcsi, Anna (1983). The possessor that ran away from home. The Linguistic Review 3, 89–102.
Szabolcsi, Anna (1987). Functional categories in the noun phrase. In I. Kenesei (ed.), Approaches to Hungarian. Theories and analyses, 167–190. Szeged: Jate.
Szabolcsi, Anna (1994). The noun phrase. In F. Kiefer and K. É. Kiss (eds.), The syntax of Hungarian (Syntax and Semantics 27), 179–274. San Diego: Academic Press.
Szabolcsi, Anna (1997a). Strategies for scope taking. In Szabolcsi (1997c), 109–155.
Szabolcsi, Anna (1997b). Quantifiers in pair-list readings. In Szabolcsi (1997c), 311–347.
Szabolcsi, Anna (ed.) (1997c). Ways of scope taking. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Szabolcsi, Anna (1999). Is DP analogous to IP or CP? In J. Payne (ed.), Proceedings of the Manchester Colloquium on Noun Phrases. The Hague: Mouton.
Szabolcsi, Anna (2001). The syntax of scope. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 607–634.
Szabolcsi, Anna (2002). Hungarian disjunction and positive polarity. In I. Kenesei and P. Siptár (eds.), Approaches to Hungarian, Vol. 8, 217–241. Budapest: Akadémiai Kiadó.
Szabolcsi, Anna (2004). Positive polarity–negative polarity. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 22, 409–452.
Szabolcsi, Anna and Marcel den Dikken (2003). Islands. In L. Cheng and R. Sybesma (eds.), The second state-of-the-article book, 213–240. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Szczegelniak, Adam (2005). All sluiced up, but no alleviation in sight . . . . Unpublished ms., Boston College.
Szczegelniak, A. (2008). Islands in sluicing in Polish. In N. Abner and J. Bishop (eds.), Proceedings of the 27th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, 404–412. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.
Szendrői, Kriszta (2001). Focus and the syntax–phonology interface. PhD thesis, University College London.
Szendrői, Kriszta (2003). A stress-based approach to the syntax of Hungarian focus. The Linguistic Review 20, 37–78.
Taglicht, Josef (1998). Constraints on intonational phrasing in English. Linguistics 34, 181–211.
Takahashi, Daiko (1994). Minimality of movement. PhD dissertation, University of Connecticut.
Takahashi, Daiko (2008a). Noun phrase ellipsis. In S. Miyagawa and M. Saito, Oxford handbook of Japanese linguistics, 394–422. Oxford University Press.
Takahashi, Daiko (2008b). Quantificational null objects and argument ellipsis. Linguistic Inquiry 39, 307–326.
Takahashi, Shoichi (2003). Pseudogapping: The view from Scandinavian languages. Paper presented at the Comparative Germanic Syntax Workshop 18. University of Durham, 18–20 September.
Takahashi, Shoichi (2004). Pseudogapping and cyclic linearization. In K. Moulton and M. Wolf (eds.), Proceedings of NELS 34, 571–585. Amherst, MA: GLSA.
Takahashi, Shoichi and Danny Fox (2005). MaxElide and the re-binding problem. In E. Georgala and J. Howell (eds.), Proceedings of SALT 15, 223–240. Ithaca, NY: CLC Publications.
Tallerman, Maggie (1998). Word order in Celtic. In A. Siewierska (ed.), Constituent order in the languages of Europe, 21–45. Berlin/New York: Walter de Gruyter.
Tallerman, Maggie (2005). The Celtic languages. In G. Cinque and R. Kayne (eds.), The Oxford handbook of comparative syntax, 839–879. Oxford University Press.
Talmy, Leonard (1978). Figure and ground in complex sentences. In J. H. Greenberg (ed.), Universals of human language, Vol. 4, 625–649. Stanford University Press.
Talmy, L. (2000). Toward a cognitive semantics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Tancredi, Christopher (1992). Deletion, deaccenting and presupposition. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Tanenhaus, Michael, Michael Spivey-Knowlton, Kathleen Eberhard, and Julie Sedivy (1995). Integration of visual and linguistic information in spoken language comprehension. Science 268, 1632–1634.
Taraldsen, Knut Tarald (1978). On the NIC, vacuous application and the that-trace filter. Unpublished ms., Bloomington, Indiana University Linguistics Club.
Taraldsen, Knut Tarald (1990). D-projections and N-projections in Norwegian. In J. Mascaró and M. Nespor (eds.), Grammar in progress: Essays in honor of Henk van Riemsdijk, 419–432. Dordrecht: Foris.
Taraldsen, Knut Tarald (1995). On agreement and nominative subjects in Icelandic. In H. Haider, S. Olsen, and S. Vikner (eds.), Studies in comparative Germanic syntax, 307–327. Dordrecht/Boston/London: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Temmerman, Tanja (2010). Revisiting the syntax of Dutch and English fragment answers. Unpubished ms., University of Leiden.
Tenny, Carol (1987). Grammaticalizing aspect and affectedness. PhD thesis, MIT.
Tenny, C. (1994). Aspectual roles and the syntax–semantics interface. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Terken, Jacques M. B. and Dik J. Hermes (2000). The perception of prosodic prominence. In M. Horne (ed.), Prosody: Theory and experiment – Studies presented to Gösta Bruce, 89–127. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Terzi, Arhonto (1991). Governed PRO and finiteness. Proceedings of Eastern States Conference on Linguistics (ESCOL) 8, 359–370.
Terzi, Arhonto (1993). PRO in finite clauses: A study of the inflectional heads of the Balkan languages. PhD dissertation, City University of New York.
Terzi, Arhonto (2010). On locative prepositions. In Cinque and Rizzi (2010b), 196–224.
Thomason, Richmond and Robert Stalnaker (1973). A semantic theory of adverbs. Linguistic Inquiry 4, 195–220.
Thompson, Ellen (2005). Time in natural language: Syntactic interfaces with semantics and discourse. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Thompson, Sandra A. (1983). Grammar and discourse: The English detached participial clause. In F. Klein-Andreu (ed.), Discourse perspectives on syntax, 43–65. New York: Academic Press.
Thoms, Gary (2010). ‘Verb floating’ and VP-ellipsis: Towards a movement account of ellipsis licensing. Unpublished ms., University of Strathclyde.
Thornton, Rosalind (1990). Adventures in long-distance moving: The acquisition of complex wh-questions. PhD dissertation, University of Connecticut.
Thornton, Rosalind (1995). Referentiality and wh-movement in child English: Juvenile D-linkuency. Language Acquisition 4, 139–175.
Thornton, Rosalind (2004). Why continuity. In A. Brugos, L. Micciula, and C. E. Smith (eds.), Proceedings of the 28th Boston University Conference on Language Development (BUCLD 28), 620–632. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
Thornton, Rosalind (2008). Why continuity. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 26, 107–146.
Thornton, Rosalind (2010). Verb phrase ellipsis in children’s answers to questions. Language Learning and Development 6, 1–31.
Thornton, Rosalind and Stephen Crain (1994). Successful cyclic movement. In T. Hoekstra and B. Schwartz (eds.), Language acquisition studies in generative grammar, 215–253. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Co.
Thornton, Rosalind and Graciela Tesan (2007). Categorical acquisition: Parameter setting in Universal Grammar. Biolinguistics 1, 49–98.
Thornton, Rosalind and Kenneth Wexler (1999). Principle B, VP ellipsis, and interpretation. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Thráinsson, Höskuldur (1979). On complementation in Icelandic. New York: Garland.
Thráinsson, Höskuldur, Hjalmar P. Petersen, Jógvan í Lon Jacobsen, and Zakaris Svabo Hansen (2004). Faroese: An overview and reference grammar. Tórshavn: Føroya Fróðskaparfelag.
Tomasello, Michael (ed.) (1998). The new psychology of language: Cognitive and functional approaches to language structure. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Tomasello, Michael, (2000a). Do young children have adult syntactic competence? Cognition 74, 209–253.
Tomasello, Michael, (2000b). The item based nature of children’s early syntactic development. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 4, 156–163.
Tomasello, Michael, (2003). Constructing a language: A usage-based theory of language acquisition. Cambridge, MA/London: Harvard University Press.
Tomasello, Michael, (2005). Beyond formalites: The case of language acquisition. The Linguistic Review 22, 167–181.
Tomasello, Michael, (2006a). Acquiring linguistic constructions. In D. Kuhn and R. Siegler (eds.), Handbook of child psychology, Vol. 2: Cognition, perception and language, 255–299. New York: Wiley.
Tomasello, Michael, (2006b). Construction Grammar for kids. Constructions 1, 1–11.
Tomioka, Satoshi (1999). A sloppy identity puzzle. Natural Language Semantics 7, 217–248.
Tomlin, Russell S. (1986). Basic word order: Functional principles. London: Croom Helm.
Tonhauser, Judith (2007). Nominal tense? The meaning of Guaraní nominal temporal markers. Language 83, 831–869.
Torrego, Esther (1984). On inversion in Spanish and some of its effects. Linguistic Inquiry 15, 103–129.
Tortora, Christina (2008). Aspect inside PLACE PPs. In A. Asbury, J. Dotlačil, B. Gehrke, Ø. Nilsen, and R. Nouwen (eds.), Syntax and semantics of spatial P, 273–301. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Townsend, David and Thomas Bever (2001). Sentence comprehension: The integration of habits and rules. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Travis, Lisa deMena (1984). Parameters and effects of word order variation. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Travis, Lisa deMena (1988). The syntax of adverbs. McGill Working Papers in Linguistics (Special Issue on Comparative Germanic Syntax 32), 280–310.
Travis, Lisa deMena (1989). Parameters of phrase structure. In Baltin and Kroch (1989), 263–279.
Travis, Lisa deMena (1991). Inner aspect and the structure of VP. Paper presented at NELS 22, Newark, Delaware.
Travis, Lisa deMena (2004). Agents and causes in Malagasy and Tagalog. In N. Erteschik-Shir and T. Rapoport (eds.), The syntax of aspect, 174–189. Oxford University Press.
Traxler, Matthew and Martin Pickering (1996). Plausibility and the processing of unbounded dependencies: An eye-tracking study. Journal of Memory and Language 35, 454–475.
Truckenbrodt, Hubert (1995a). Extraposition from NP and prosodic structure. In Proceedings of NELS 25, 503–517.
Truckenbrodt, Hubert (1995b). Phonological phrases: Their relation to syntax, focus, and prominence. PhD thesis, MIT. [Published 1999 by MITWPL.]
Truckenbrodt, Hubert (1999). On the relation between syntactic phrases and phonological phrases. Linguistic Inquiry 30, 219–255.
Truckenbrodt, Hubert (2006). Phrasal stress. In K. Brown (ed.), The encyclopedia of languages and linguistics, vol. 9, 572–579. Oxford: Elsevier.
Truckenbrodt, Hubert and Daniel Büring (in preparation). Correspondence at the syntax–phonology interface.
Trueswell, John, Michael Tanenhaus, and Susan Garnsey (1994). Semantic influences on parsing: Use of thematic role information in syntactic ambiguity resolution. Journal of Memory and Language 33, 285–318.
Truswell, Robert (2011). Events, phrases and questions. Oxford University Press.
Tsai, W.-T. Dylan (1994). On nominal islands and LF extraction in Chinese. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 12, 121–175.
Tsai, W.-T. D. (2007). Left periphery and why–how alternations. Unpublished ms., National Tsing-Hua University, Taiwan.
Tubau, Susagna (2008). Negative concord in English and Romance: Syntax–morphology interface conditions on the expression of negation. PhD dissertation, University of Amsterdam and UA Barcelona.
Tyler, Lorraine and William Marslen-Wilson (2008). Frontotemporal brain systems supporting spoken language comprehension. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 363, 1037–1054.
Uhmann, Susanne (1991). Fokusphonologie. Tübingen: Niemeyer.
Umbach, Carla (2006). Non-restrictive modification and backgrounding. In B. Gyuris, L. Kálmán, C. Piñón, and K. Varasdi (eds.), Proceedings of the Ninth Symposium on Logic and Language, 152–159. Budapest: Hungarian Academy of Sciences.
Ura, Hiroyuki (1996). Multiple feature-checking: A theory of grammatical function splitting. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Uriagereka, Juan (1995). Aspects of the syntax of clitic placement in Western Romance. Linguisitic Inquiry 26, 79–123.
Uriagereka, Juan (1999). Multiple spell-out. In S. D. Epstein and N. Hornstein (eds.), Working Minimalism, 251–282. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Uriagereka, Juan (2002). Derivations. London: Routledge.
Uriagereka, Juan (2008). Syntactic anchors: On semantic structuring. Cambridge University Press.
Uribe-Etxebarria, Myriam (1996). Levels of representation and negative polarity item licensing. In J. Camacho, L. Choueiri, and M. Watanabe (eds.), Proceedings of WCCFL 14, 571–586. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Urk, Coppe van (2010). Deriving Visser’s Generalization: A window into the syntax of control. Unpublished ms., MIT.
Ussery, Cherlon (2009). Optionality and variability: Syntactic licensing meets morphological spell-out. PhD thesis, University of Amherst.
Valian, Virginia (1991). Syntactic subjects in the early speech of American and Italian children. Cognition 40, 21–82.
Vallduví, Enric (1990). The informational component. PhD thesis, University of Pennsylvania. [published 1992 by Garland.]
Vallduví, Enric (1992) The informational component (Outstanding Dissertations in Linguistics Series). New York: Garland.
Vallduví, Enric and Maria Vilkuna (1998). On rheme and contrast. In Culicover and McNally (1998), 79–180.
Valmala, Vidal (
2007). The syntax of little things. In
Y. Falk (ed.),
Proceedings of the 23rd Israel Association for Theoretical Linguistics Conference. Available at
http://linguistics.huji.ac.il/IATL/23/.
Valois, Daniel (1991). The internal syntax of DP. PhD dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles.
Van Valin, Robert (1990). Semantic parameters of split intransitivity. Language 66, 221–260.
Van Valin, Robert and Randy La Polla (1997). Syntax: Structure, meaning and function. Cambridge University Press.
Vandenberghe, Rik, Anna Nobre, and C. J. Price (2002). The response of left temporal cortex to sentences. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 14, 550–560.
Vangsnes, Øystein A. (1999). The identification of functional architecture. PhD dissertation, University of Bergen.
Vangsnes, Øystein A. (2001). On noun phrase architecture, referentiality, and article systems. Studia Linguistica 55, 249–299.
Varlokosta, Spyridoula, Natalia Valeonti, Maria Kakavoulia, Mirto Lazaridou, Alexandra Economou, and Athanassios Protopapas (2006). The breakdown of functional categories in Greek aphasia: Evidence from agreement, tense and aspect. Aphasiology 20, 723–743.
Vasishth, Shravan (1999). Surface structure constraints on negative polarity and word order in Hindi and English. Paper presented at the 11th European Summerschool in Logic, Language and Information (ESSLI’99), August 1999, Utrecht, at the Workshop on Research Logics and Minimal Grammars.
Veenstra, Tonjes (1996). Serial verbs in Saramaccan. PhD dissertation, University of Amsterdam.
Vendler, Zeno (1967). Verbs and times. In Linguistics and Philosophy, 97–121. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
Vergnaud, Jean-Roger (1977). Letter to Noam Chomsky and Howard Lasnik. In R. Freidin, C. P. Otero, and M. Vernaud (eds.) (2008), Foundational issues in linguistic theory, 3–15. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Verheugd, Els (1990). Subject arguments and predicate nominals: A study of French copular sentences with two NPs. Amsterdam: Rodopi.
Verkuyl, Henk J. (1972). On the compositional nature of the aspects. Dordrecht: Reidel.
Verkuyl, Henk J. (1993). A theory of aspectuality. The interaction between temporal and atemporal structure. Cambridge University Press.
Verkuyl, Henk J. (2008). Binary tense. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Vermeulen, Reiko (2005). Possessive and adjunct multiple nominative constructions in Japanese. Lingua 115, 1329–1363.
Vicente, Luis (2008). Syntactic isomorphism and non-isomorphism under ellipsis. Unpublished ms., University of California, Santa Cruz.
Vigneau, M., V. Beaucousin, P. Y. Herve, H. Duffau, F. Crivello, O. Houde, B. Mazoyer, and N. Tzourio-Mazoyer (2006). Meta-analyzing left hemisphere language areas: Phonology, semantics, and sentence processing. NeuroImage 30, 1414–1432.
Vijay-Shanker, K. (1987). A study of tree adjoining grammars. PhD dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.
Vikner, Sten (1994). Scandinavian object shift and West Germanic scrambling. In Corver and van Riemsdijk (1994), 487–517.
Vikner, Sten (1995) Verb movement and expletive subjects in the Germanic languages. Oxford University Press.
Vikner, Sten (2006). Object shift. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. III, 392–436.
Visser, F. Th. (1973). An historical syntax of the English language. Leiden: Brill.
Vitale, Anthony (1981). Swahili syntax. Dordrecht: Foris.
Vogel, Ralf (
2006a).
The simple generator. In
H. Broekhuis and
R. Vogel Optimality Theory and Minimalism: A possible convergence? (Linguistics in Potsdam 25),
99–136.
University of Potsdam. Available at:
http://www.ling.uni-potsdam.de/lip.
Vogel, Ralf (2006b). Weak function word shift. Linguistics 44, 1059–1093.
Vos, Riet (1999). A grammar of partitive constructions. PhD dissertation, Tilburg University.
Vos, Sandra, Thomas Gunter, Herbert Schriefers, and Angela Friederici (2001). Syntactic parsing and working memory: The effects of syntactic complexity, reading span, and concurrent load. Language and Cognitive Processes 16, 65–103.
Vosse, Theo and Gerard Kempen (2000). Syntactic structure assembly in human parsing: A computational model based on competitive inhibition and a lexicalist grammar. Cognition 75, 105–143.
Vries, Mark de (2009). On multidominance and linearization. Biolinguistics 3, 344–403.
Wachowicz, Kristina (1974). On the syntax and semantics of multiple questions. PhD dissertation, University of Texas at Austin.
Wagers, Matthew and Colin Phillips (2009). Multiple dependencies and the role of the grammar in real-time comprehension. Journal of Linguistics 45, 395–433.
Wagner, Michael (2005a). NPI-licensing and focus movement. In E. Georgala and J. Howell (eds.), Proceedings of SALT XV. Cornell University.
Wagner, Michael (2005b). Prosody and recursion. PhD thesis, MIT.
Wagner, Michael (2006). Givenness and locality. In J. Howell and M. Gibson (eds.), Proceedings of SALT 16, 295–312. Ithaca: CLC Publications.
Wagner, Michael (2010). Prosody and recursion in coordinate structures and beyond. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 28, 183–237.
Wahba, Wafaa Abdel-Faheem Batran (1992). LF movement in Iraqi Arabic. In C. T. J. Huang and R. May (eds.), Logical structure and linguistic structure, 253–276. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Warner, Anthony R. (1985). The structure of English auxiliaries: A phrase structure grammar. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Linguistics Club.
Wasow, Thomas A. (1972). Anaphoric relations in English. PhD dissertation, MIT.
Wasow, Thomas A. (1979). Anaphora in generative grammar. Ghent: E. Story Scientia.
Wasow, Thomas A. (1997). Remarks on grammatical weight. Language Variation and Change 9, 81–105.
Watanabe, Akira (1992). Subjacency and S-structure movement of wh-in-situ. Journal of East Asian Linguistics 1, 255–291.
Watanabe, Akira (1993). Agr-based case theory and its interaction with the A-bar system. PhD thesis, MIT.
Watanabe, Akira (2004). The genesis of negative concord. Linguistic Inquiry 35, 559–612.
Waxman, Sandra and Amy Booth (2000). Principles that are invoked in the acquisition of words, but not facts. Cognition 77, B33–B43.
Waxman, S. and A. Booth (2001). On the insufficiency of evidence for a domain-general account of word learning. Cognition 78, 277–279.
Webber, Bonnie (1978). A formal approach to discourse anaphora. PhD dissertation, Harvard.
Wechsler, Stephen M. (2001). An analysis of English resultatives under the event-argument homomorphism model of telicity. In Proceedings of the 3rd Workshop on Text Structure, 1–17. Austin, TX.
Wechsler, Stephen M. and Bokyung Noh (2001). On resultative predicates and clauses: Parallels between Korean and English. Language Sciences 23, 391–423.
Wechsler, Stephen M. and Larisa Źlatić (2003). The many faces of agreement. Stanford, CA: CLSI.
Weerman, Fred (1989). The V2 conspiracy. A synchronic and a diachronic analysis of verbal positions in Germanic languages. Dordrecht: Foris.
Wegener, Heide (1989). Kontrolle-semantish gesehen. Deutshe Sprache 3, 206–228.
Wells, Rulon S. (1947). Immediate constituents. Language 23, 81–117.
Wexler, Kenneth (1992). Some issues in the growth of control. In R. Larson, S. Iatridou, I. Lahiri, and J. Higginbotham (eds.), Control and grammar, 253–295. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Wexler, Kenneth (1994). Optional infinitives, head movement, and the economy of derivation in child language. In D. Lightfoot and N. Hornstein (eds.), Verb movement, 288–315. Cambridge University Press.
Wexler, Kenneth (1998). Very early parameter setting and the unique checking constraint: A new explanation of the optional infinitive stage. Lingua 106, 23–79.
Wexler, Kenneth and Peter Culicover (1980). Formal principles of language acquisition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Wexler, Kenneth and Rita Manzini (1987). Parameters and learnability in binding theory. In Roeper and Williams (1987), 41–76.
White, Jonathan R. (1997). Result clauses and the structure of degree phrases. UCL Working Papers in Linguistics 9, 315–333.
Wilder, Christopher (1991). Tough movement constructions. Linguistische Berichte 132, 115–132.
Wilder, Christopher (1995). Some properties of ellipsis in coordination. Geneva Generative Papers 2, 23–61.
Wilder, Christopher and Damir Ćavar (1994). Long head movement? Verb movement and cliticization in Croatian. Lingua 93, 1–58.
Willems, Roel and Peter Hagoort (2009). Broca’s region: Battles are not won by ignoring half of the facts. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 13, 101.
Williams, Edwin (1977). Discourse and Logical Form. Linguistic Inquiry 8, 101–139.
Williams, Edwin (1978). Across-the-board rule application. Linguistic Inquiry 9, 32–43.
Williams, Edwin (1980). Predication. Linguistic Inquiry 11, 208–238.
Williams, Edwin (1981a). On the notions ‘lexically related’ and ‘head of a word’. Linguistic Inquiry 12, 245–274.
Williams, Edwin (1981). Argument structure and morphology. The Linguistic Review 1, 81–114.
Williams, Edwin (1982). The NP cycle. Linguistic Inquiry 13, 277–295.
Williams, Edwin (1983a). Against small clauses. Linguistic Inquiry 14, 287–308.
Williams, Edwin (1983b). Semantic vs. syntactic categories. Linguistics and Philosophy 6, 423–446.
Williams, Edwin (1984). There-insertion. Linguistic Inquiry 15, 131–153.
Williams, Edwin (1985). PRO and subject NP. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3, 297–315.
Williams, Edwin (1987). NP trace in Theta Theory. Linguistics and Philosophy 10, 433–447.
Williams, Edwin (1990). Pseudoclefts and the order of the logic of English. Linguistic Inquiry 21, 485–489.
Williams, Edwin (1991). Reciprocal scope. Linguistic Inquiry 22, 159–172.
Williams, Edwin (1992). Adjunct control. In R. Larson, S. Iatridou, U. Lahiri, and J. Higginbotham (eds.), Control and grammar, 297–322. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Williams, Edwin (1994). Thematic structure in syntax (Linguistic Inquiry Monograph 23). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Williams, Edwin (1995) Theta theory. In G. Webelhuth (ed.), Government and Binding Theory and the Minimalist Program, 99–124. Blackwell: Oxford.
Williams, Edwin (2003). Representation theory. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Willson, Stephen (1996). Verb agreement and case marking in Burushaski. Work Papers of the Summer Institute of Linguistics North Dakota 40, 1–71.
Wilson, Colin (2001). Bidirectional optimization and the theory of anaphora. In G. Legendre, J. Grimshaw, and S. Vikner (eds.), Optimality-theoretic syntax, 465–507. Cambridge: MIT Press.
Wiltschko, Martina (2003). On the interpretability of tense on D and its consequences for case theory. Lingua 113, 659–696.
Winkler, Susanne (2005). Ellipsis and focus in generative grammar. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Winter, Yoad (1997). Choice functions and the scopal semantics of indefinites. Linguistics and Philosophy 20, 399–467.
Wold, Dag (1996). Long distance selective binding: The case of focus. In T. Galloway and J. Spence (eds.), Proceedings of Semantics and Linguistic Theory (SALT) VI, 311–328. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University.
Wolff, Susann, Masako Hirotani and Ina Bornkessel-Schlesewsky (2008). The neural mechanisms of word order processing revisited: Electrophysiological evidence from Japanese. Brain and Language 107, 133–157.
Wood, Mary McGee (1993). Categorial grammar. London: Routledge.
Woolford, Ellen (1997). Four-way case systems: Ergative, nominative, objective and accusative. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 15, 181–227.
Woolford, Ellen (1999). More on the anaphor agreement effect. Linguistic Inquiry 30, 257–287.
Woolford, Ellen (2001). Case patterns. In G. Legendre, S. Vikner and J. Grimshaw (eds.). Optimality Theoretic syntax, 509–543. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Woolford, Ellen (2003a). Burzio’s Generalization, markedness, and constraints on nominative objects. In E. Brandner and H. Zinsmeister (eds.), New perspectives on case theory, 301–329. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
Woolford, Ellen (2003b). Nominative objects and Case locality. In W. Browne, J.-Y. Kim, B. H. Partee, and R. A. Rothstein (eds.), Formal approaches to Slavic linguistics 11, 539–568. Ann Arbor: Michigan Slavic Publications.
Woolford, Ellen (2006). Lexical case, inherent case and argument structure. Linguistic Inquiry 37, 111–130.
Woolford, Ellen (2007). Case locality: Pure domains and object shift. Lingua 117, 1591–1616.
Wouden, Ton van der (1994). Negative contexts. PhD dissertation, university of Groningen.
Wunderlich, Dieter (1997). Cause and the structure of verbs. Linguistic Inquiry 28, 27–68.
Wurmbrand, Susanne (1999). Modal verbs must be raising verbs. In S. Bird, A. Carnie, J. D. Haugen, and P. Norquest (eds.), Proceedings of the 18th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics (WCCFL 18), 599–612. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.
Wurmbrand, Susanne (2001). Infinitives. Restructuring and clause structure. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Wurmbrand, Susanne (2006). Verb clusters, verb raising, and restructuring. In Everaert, van Riemsdijk, Goedemans, and Hollebrandse (2006), Vol. V, 229–343.
Wurmbrand, Susanne (2007). Infinitives are tenseless. Penn Working Papers in Linguistics 13, 407–420.
XTAG Research Group (2001). A lexicalized tree adjoining grammar for English. Technical Report IRCS-01-03, Institute for Research in Cognitive Science, University of Pennsylvania.
Xu, Yi and Xu Ching (2005). Phonetic realization of focus in English declarative intonation. Journal of Phonetics 33, 159–197.
Yang, Charles (2002). Knowledge and learning in natural language. Oxford University Press.
Yang, C. (2004). Universal grammar, statistics, or both? Trends in Cognitive Science 8, 451–456.
Yang, C. (2010). Three factors in language variation. Lingua 120, 1160–1177.
Yang, Dong-Whee (1983). The extended binding theory of anaphors. Language Research 19, 169–192.
Yanofsky, Nancy (1978). NP utterances. In D. Farkas, W. Jacobsen, and K. Todrys (eds.), CLS 14, 491–502. Chicago, IL: Chicago Linguistic Society.
Yip, Moira, Joan Maling, and Ray Jackendoff (1987). Case in tiers. Language 63, 217–250.
Yu, Christine M. (2008). The prosody of second position clitics and focus in Zagreb Croatian. Master’s thesis, University of California, Los Angeles.
Zaenen, Annie (1993). Unaccusativity in Dutch: An integrated approach. In J. Pustejovsky (ed.), Semantics and the lexicon, 129–161. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Zaenen, Annie and Elisabet Engdahl (1994). Descriptive and theoretical syntax in the lexicon. In B. T. S. Atkins and A. Zampolli (eds.), Computational approaches to the lexicon: Automating the lexicon II, 181–212. Oxford University Press.
Zaenen, Annie, Joan Maling, and Höskuldur Thráinsson (1990 [1985]). Case and grammatical relations: The Icelandic passive. In Maling and Zaenen (1990), 95–136. [Reprinted from Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 3 (1985), 441–483.]
Zagona, Karen (1982). Government and proper government of verbal projections. PhD dissertation, University of Washington, Seattle.
Zagona, Karen (1988a). Proper government of antecedentless VPs in English and Spanish. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 6, 95–128.
Zagona, Karen (1988b). Verb phrase syntax. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Zagona, Karen (1990). Temporal argument structure. Paper presented at the TIME Conference, MIT, Cambridge, MA.
Zagona, Karen (2002). Tenses and anaphora: Is there a tense-specific theory of coreference? In A. Barss (ed.), Anaphora: An overview, 140–171. Cambridge, MA/Oxford: Blackwell.
Zagona, Karen (2007). On the syntactic features of epistemic and root modals. In L. Eguren and O. Fernández Soriano (eds.), Coreference, modality and focus, 221–236. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Zagona, Karen (2008). Phasing in modals: Phasing and the epistemic/root distinction. In Guéron and Lecarme (2008), 273–291.
Zamparelli, Roberto (1993). Pre-nominal modifiers, degree phrases and the structure of AP. WPL, University of Venice.
Zamparelli, Roberto (1995). Layers in the determiner phrase. PhD dissertation, University of Rochester.
Zamparelli, Roberto (2008). Bare prediate nominals in Romance languages. In H. H. Müller and A. Klinge (eds.), Essays on nominal determination, 101–130. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Zanuttini, Raffaella (1991). Syntactic properties of sentential negation. PhD dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.
Zanuttini, R. (1997). Negation and clausal structure. A comparative study of Romance languages (Oxford Studies in Comparative Sntax). Oxford University Press.
Zanuttini, R. (2001). Sentential negation. In Baltin and Collins (2001), 511–535.
Zaring, Laurie (1996). ‘Two be or not two be’: Identity, predication and the Welsh copula. Linguistics and Philosophy 19, 103–142.
Zec, Draga (2005). Prosodic differences among function words. Phonology 22, 77–112.
Zec, Draga and Sharon Inkelas (1990). Prosodically constrained syntax. In Inkelas and Zec (1990), 365–378.
Zeijlstra, Hedde (2004) Sentential negation and negative concord. PhD dissertation, University of Amsterdam.
Zeijlstra, H. (2006). The ban on true negative imperatives. Empirical Issues in Formal Syntax and Semantics 6, 405–424.
Zeijlstra, H. (2007). Negation in natural language: On the form and meaning of negative elements. Language and Linguistics Compass 1, 498–518.
Zeijlstra, H. (2008). Negative concord is syntactic agreement. LingBuzz/000645.
Zeijlstra, H. (2009). Functional structure, formal features and parametric variation: Consequences of conflicting interface conditions. In K. Grohmann (ed.), InterPhases, 82–113. Oxford University Press.
Zeijlstra, H. (2010). On French negation. In I. Kwon, H. Pritchett, and J. Spence (eds.), Proceedings of the Thirty-fifth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 14–16 February 2009: General session and parasession on negation, 447–458. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Linguistics Society.
Zeller, Jochen (2001). Particle verbs and local domains. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Zilles, Karl and Katrin Amunts (2010). Centenary of Brodmann’s map: Conception and fate. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 11, 139–145.
Zlatić, Larisa (1997). The structure of the Serbian noun phrase. PhD dissertation, University of Texas, Austin.
Zribi-Hertz, Anne (1989). Anaphor binding and narrative point of view. Language 65, 695–727.
Zribi-Hertz, Anne (1995). Emphatic or reflexive? On the endophoric character of French lui-même and similar complex pronouns. Journal of Linguistics 31/32, 333–374.
Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa (1987). Levels of representation in the lexicon and in the syntax. Dordrecht: Foris.
Zubizarreta, Maria Luisa (1998). Prosody, focus and word order. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Zwart, C. Jan-Wouter (1993). Dutch syntax. A Minimalist approach. Groningen: Groningen Dissertations in Linguistics.
Zwart, C. Jan Wouter (1996). ‘Shortest move’ versus ‘Fewest steps’. In W. Abraham, S. D. Epstein, H. Thráinsson, and C. J.-W. Zwart (eds.), Minimal ideas, 305–327. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Co.
Zwart, C. Jan Wouter (2001). Syntactic and phonological verb movement. Syntax 4, 34–62.
Zwart, C. Jan Wouter (2002). Issues related to a derivational theory of binding. In S. D. Epstein and T. D. Seely (eds.), Derivation and explanation in the Minimalist Program, 269–304. Oxford: Blackwell.
Zwarts, Frans (1981). Negatief polaire uitdrukkingen I. GLOT – Tijdschrift voor Taalwetenschap 4, 35–132.
Zwarts, Frans (1986). Categoriale Grammatica en Algebraische Semantiek. Een studie naar negatie en polariteit in het Nederlands. PhD thesis, University of Groningen.
Zwarts, Frans (1995). Three types of polarity. In F. Hamm and E. Hinrichs (eds.), Plural quantification, 177–238. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Zwarts, Joost (1992). X′-syntax–X′-semantics. PhD dissertation, Utrecht University.
Zwarts, Joost (2005). Prepositional aspect and the algebra of paths. Linguistics and Philosophy 28, 739–779.
Zwicky, Arnold (1985). How to describe inflection. Berkeley Linguistic Society 11, 372–386.
